TW201211072A - Surface modifier - Google Patents

Surface modifier Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201211072A
TW201211072A TW100121574A TW100121574A TW201211072A TW 201211072 A TW201211072 A TW 201211072A TW 100121574 A TW100121574 A TW 100121574A TW 100121574 A TW100121574 A TW 100121574A TW 201211072 A TW201211072 A TW 201211072A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
carbon number
formula
atom
hydrogen atom
Prior art date
Application number
TW100121574A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI525108B (en
Inventor
Kazuyoshi Matsuoka
Yasunori Miyashita
Yoshiyuki Saruwatari
Original Assignee
Osaka Organic Chem Ind
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2010247944A external-priority patent/JP5683906B2/en
Application filed by Osaka Organic Chem Ind filed Critical Osaka Organic Chem Ind
Publication of TW201211072A publication Critical patent/TW201211072A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI525108B publication Critical patent/TWI525108B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D143/00Coating compositions based on homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and containing boron, silicon, phosphorus, selenium, tellurium, or a metal; Coating compositions based on derivatives of such polymers
    • C09D143/04Homopolymers or copolymers of monomers containing silicon
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • C08F220/34Esters containing nitrogen, e.g. N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate
    • C08F220/36Esters containing nitrogen, e.g. N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen, e.g. 2-N-morpholinoethyl (meth)acrylate or 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth)acrylate
    • C08F220/365Esters containing nitrogen, e.g. N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen, e.g. 2-N-morpholinoethyl (meth)acrylate or 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth)acrylate containing further carboxylic moieties
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F230/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and containing phosphorus, selenium, tellurium or a metal
    • C08F230/04Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and containing phosphorus, selenium, tellurium or a metal containing a metal
    • C08F230/08Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and containing phosphorus, selenium, tellurium or a metal containing a metal containing silicon
    • C08F230/085Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and containing phosphorus, selenium, tellurium or a metal containing a metal containing silicon the monomer being a polymerisable silane, e.g. (meth)acryloyloxy trialkoxy silanes or vinyl trialkoxysilanes

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
  • Paints Or Removers (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Macromonomer-Based Addition Polymer (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are: a surface modifier which has two opposite properties such as hydrophilicity and lipophilicity and hydrophilicity and oil-repellency and can be fixed onto a base material; a process for producing the surface modifier; and a base material having a surface modified with the surface modifier. Specifically disclosed are: a surface modifier which comprises a (meth)acrylic polymer having an alkoxysilyl group; a two-part surface modifier which comprises a liquid preparation (I) comprising a polymer having a alkoxysilyl group and a silane coupling agent having a thiol group and a liquid preparation (II) comprising a (meth)acrylic monomer; and a surface-hydrophilizing agent characterized by comprising a (meth)acrylic polymer which is produced by polymerizing a monomer component comprising a silicon-atom-containing monomer and a nitrogen-atom-containing monomer.

Description

201211072 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 賦予=明係關於表面改質劑。更詳言之,本發明係關於 予:2表面例如親水性或疏水性’㈣對基材表面賦 t水性與疏水性之雙方之表面改質劑及表面親水化劑。 ::明的表面改質劑及表面親水化劑,係可期待用於例如 2表面處理劑、喷漆用表面處理劑、印刷用表面處理劑、 =材料、生物相容性材料、光學材料、樹脂膜、樹脂 薄片等的廣泛的用途者。 【先前技術】 對親水性基材要求的表面特性,已知有防霧性、帶電 防止性、防3性等。該等表面特性,—般而言可藉由對基 材賦予親水性而賦予。 可對基材親水性賦予的聚合物,已知例如於(甲基)丙 烯酸鹽與丙稀醯胺共聚物的接枝錢使用親水性丙稀酿胺 聚合物之親水性接枝聚合物(參照例如專利文獻丨)。但是, 該親水性接枝聚合物,由於使用作為原料的羧酸鹽呈陰離 子性,故該親水性接枝聚合物的親水性會因與此所接觸的 水的pH而有报大的變化的缺點。 可谷易固著於疏水性的樹脂基材表面之親水性層,提 案有將親水性的二氧化矽與氧化鈦的混合物塗佈於膜基 材,乾燥而得之親水性層。該親水性層,可藉由轉印於塑 膠成形物的表面而利用於塑膠成形物的表面(參照例如專 201211072 利文獻2)。但是,用於塑膠成形物之樹脂基材具有可撓性 時,党到外來應力時,有該親水性層破裂,或剝落之虞。 先則已廣泛地對基材表面進行塗佈界面活性劑賦予基 材表面防霧性(參照例如專利文獻3及專利文獻。但是, 對基材表面塗佈界面活性劑時,於基材表面有水分附著 時,有界面活性劑溶於水分而由基材表面脫離之虞。 此外,先前之可將表面特性改質之改質劑,由於係具 有親水性及疏水性中的任意一方的性質者,近年期望開發 兼具親水性與親油性、親水性與撥油性等相反的兩個性 質,可固定化在基材之多功能性表面改質劑及表面親水化 劑0 [提前實行技術文獻] [專利文獻1]日本特開2002-308 950號公報 [專利文獻2]日本特開2006-231 890號公報 [專利文獻3]日本特開平〇2_16185號公報 [專利文獻4]日本特開2003-238207號公報 【發明内容】 [發明所欲解決的課題] 本發明的第1組目的’係在於提供可形成即使與水接 觸時’不容易由基材脫離,具有親水性、撥水性、親油性、 撥油性等所期望的性質之薄膜之表面改㈣;以該表面改 質劑表面改質之表面改質基材;A具有有用於該表面改質 劑之烷氧基矽之(甲基)丙烯系聚合物的製造方法。 ⑧ 4 201211072 本發明的第2組目的,係在於提供兼具親水性與親油 性、親水性與撥油性等的相反的兩個性質,可固定化於基 材之表面改質齊卜本發明的第2組之別的的目的,係在於 提供可製造兼具親水性與親油性、親水性與撥油性等的相 反的兩個性質,可固定化於基材之被表面改質之基材之製 造方法。本發明的第2組的進一步別的目的,係在於提供, 表面改質劑固定化於其表面,可藉由該表面改質劑表面改 質為兼具親水性與親油性、親水性與撥油性等的相反的兩 個性質之基材。 本發明的第3組目的,係在於提供,即使是與水接觸 時,不容易由基材脫離,可於基材表面上形成具有優良的 親水It的被膜之表面親水化劑,及於基材表面上形成由該 表面親水化劑所組成之披膜之表面親水化基材。 [用以解決課題的手段] 以下’將本發明分為第1組〜第3組加以說明。 〔本發明的第1組〕 本發明的第1組,係關於 (1) 一種表面改質劑,其係具有式(I )所示反覆單位, 至少於一邊的末端含有式(II)所示之烷氧基矽基之(曱基) 丙烯酸系聚合物而成: 201211072 R1201211072 VI. Description of the invention: [Technical field to which the invention pertains] The invention relates to a surface modifier. More specifically, the present invention relates to a surface modifying agent and a surface hydrophilizing agent which impart both aqueous and hydrophobic properties to the surface of the substrate, such as hydrophilic or hydrophobic. :: Bright surface modifier and surface hydrophilizing agent are expected to be used, for example, in 2 surface treatment agents, surface treatment agents for painting, surface treatment agents for printing, materials, biocompatible materials, optical materials, resins A wide range of applications such as films and resin sheets. [Prior Art] Antifogging property, charge prevention property, anti-three property, and the like are known for surface characteristics required for a hydrophilic substrate. These surface characteristics are generally imparted by imparting hydrophilicity to the substrate. For the polymer which can impart hydrophilicity to the substrate, it is known, for example, that the grafting of the (meth) acrylate and the acrylamide copolymer uses a hydrophilic graft polymer of a hydrophilic acrylamide polymer (refer to For example, the patent document 丨). However, since the hydrophilic graft polymer is anionic in the use of the carboxylate as a raw material, the hydrophilicity of the hydrophilic graft polymer is greatly changed due to the pH of the water contacted therewith. Disadvantages. A hydrophilic layer which is adhered to the surface of a hydrophobic resin substrate, and a hydrophilic layer obtained by applying a mixture of hydrophilic cerium oxide and titanium oxide to a film substrate and drying it. The hydrophilic layer can be applied to the surface of a plastic molded article by transferring it onto the surface of the molded article (see, for example, Japanese Patent Publication No. 201211072). However, when the resin substrate used for the plastic molded article has flexibility, when the party is subjected to external stress, the hydrophilic layer may be broken or peeled off. In the prior art, the surface of the substrate is coated with a surfactant to impart antifogging property to the surface of the substrate (see, for example, Patent Document 3 and Patent Literature. However, when the surfactant is applied to the surface of the substrate, there is a surface of the substrate. When the moisture adheres, the surfactant is dissolved in water and is detached from the surface of the substrate. Further, the modifier which can modify the surface characteristics in the past has a property of either hydrophilic or hydrophobic. In recent years, it is expected to develop a versatile surface modifier and a surface hydrophilizing agent which are both hydrophilic and lipophilic, hydrophilic and oil-repellent, and can be immobilized on a substrate. [Progressive technical literature] [Patent Document 1] Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 2006-231. 243207. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION [Problems to be Solved by the Invention] The first group of the present invention is to provide a hydrophilic, water-repellent, lipophilic portion that can be formed to be detachable from a substrate even when it is in contact with water. The surface modification of the film of the desired properties such as oil repellency (4); the surface modification substrate modified with the surface modifier surface; A has a (meth) group having alkoxy fluorene for the surface modifier A method for producing a propylene-based polymer. 8 4 201211072 The second group of the present invention aims to provide two properties which are opposite to each other in hydrophilicity, lipophilicity, hydrophilicity, oil repellency, and the like, and can be immobilized on a substrate. Surface Modifications The object of the second group of the present invention is to provide two properties which are both opposite in hydrophilicity and lipophilicity, hydrophilicity and oil repellency, and can be immobilized on a substrate. A method for producing a substrate modified by a surface. A further object of the second group of the present invention is to provide a surface modifying agent to be immobilized on the surface thereof, and the surface of the surface modifying agent can be modified to A substrate having two properties opposite to hydrophilicity, lipophilicity, hydrophilicity, oil repellency, etc. The third group of the present invention aims to provide that it is not easily detached from the substrate even when it is in contact with water. Excellent on the surface of the substrate a hydrophilizing agent on the surface of the film of the hydrophilic It, and a surface hydrophilizing substrate formed on the surface of the substrate by the surface hydrophilizing agent. [Means for Solving the Problem] The first group to the third group will be described. [Group 1 of the present invention] The first group of the present invention relates to (1) a surface modifying agent having a repetitive unit represented by the formula (I), at least It is obtained by containing an alkoxyfluorenyl (fluorenyl) acrylic polymer represented by formula (II) at one end: 201211072 R1

I —tC-CH23— c=oI —tC-CH23— c=o

I 0 1 R2 式中 疏水性基 ,R係表示氫原子或甲基,R2係表示親水性基、 、陽離子性基或陰離子性基; R3I 0 1 R2 wherein a hydrophobic group, R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R2 represents a hydrophilic group, a cationic group or an anionic group;

I (II) R4-Si-R6-I (II) R4-Si-R6-

I R5 式中m R5’係分別獨立地表示碳數Η之院 基或碳數卜4之烷氧基m R5之至少一個基係碳數 1〜4之烷氧基,R6係表示碳數之亞烷基; (2)如上述(1)所述的表面改質劑,其中在於式(I),R2 係可具有氫原子、羥基或氟原子之碳數2〜2〇之烷基、可具 有經基或氟原子之碳數6〜20芳基、於一邊末端具有氫原子 或碳數卜4之烷基亦可具有羥基或氟原子之環氧乙烷基、 於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳數1〜4之院基亦可具有羥基或 氟原子之環氧乙烷基之加成莫耳數為2〜20之聚環氧乙烷 基、於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳數1〜4之烧基亦可具有經 基或氟原子之環氧丙烷基、於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳數 1〜4之院基亦可具有羥基或氟原子之環氧丙烷基之加成莫 耳數為2~20之聚環氧丙烷基、式(m)所示之基,或式(IV) 所示之基·· 6 ⑧ (III)201211072 R9 R7 十 R8—c〇〇. R10 式中,R7及y\ K係分別獨立地表示碳數1〜4的亞烷基 R9及R1。係分別獨立 地表不,氫原子或碳數1〜4之烷基; R12 -~Ru-NiRM . χ. R13 (IV) 式中,R係、表示碳數卜4的亞烷基、R>2及Ru係分別 獨立地表示氫原子或碳數Η㈣基、R、有機基、χ-係 表示陰離子; (3) 如上述(1)或(2)所述的表面改質劑,其中以式(!) 表示之反覆單位的數量為卜1〇〇〇; (4) 一種表面改質基材,其係以上述(1)~(3)之任何一 項所述的表面改質劑表面改質而成者; (5) —種(曱基)丙烯酸系聚合物之製造方法,其具有將 式(Va)所述之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體,於式(via)所示之含有 烷氧基矽基之化合物的存在下聚合為特徵之式(ι)所示反 覆單位,至少於一邊的末端具有式(u)所示之烷氧基矽基: ch2=c-c-o-r2 I, II R' Ο (Va) 疏 Η s I 6 R 3 «5 .RlsllR I R4 基 via 201211072 式中,R、R及R5,係分別獨立地表示碳數卜4之烷 基或碳數1〜4之烷氧基,R3、R5之至少一個基係碳數 1〜4之烧氧基’ R係表示碳數1〜12之亞炫基; R1 (I) c=oI R5 wherein m R5' each independently represents at least one alkoxy group having a carbon number of decyl or a carbon number of alkoxy m R5, and R6 is a carbon number. The surface modifying agent according to the above (1), wherein R2 is an alkyl group having a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom and having a carbon number of 2 to 2 Å. An alkyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 20 aryl groups having a trans group or a fluorine atom and having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number at one end may have an oxiranyl group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom, and having a hydrogen atom at one end or The group having a carbon number of 1 to 4 may have a polyoxyethylene group having an oxiranyl group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom and having a molar number of 2 to 20, and having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number at one end. The alkyl group may have an oxypropylene group having a trans group or a fluorine atom, a hydrogen atom at one end or a propylene oxide group having a carbon number of 1 to 4, or an oxypropylene group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom. a number of 2 to 20 polypropylene oxide groups, a group represented by the formula (m), or a group represented by the formula (IV) · 6 8 (III) 201211072 R9 R7 10 R8-c〇〇. R10 , R7 and y\ K Each independently represents an alkylene group having a carbon number of R9 and R1 1~4. Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; R12 -~Ru-NiRM . R. R13 (IV) wherein R is an alkylene group representing a carbon number of 4, R> And the Ru system independently represents a hydrogen atom or a carbon number 四 (tetra) group, R, an organic group, or a χ-line represents an anion; (3) The surface modifier as described in the above (1) or (2), wherein !) The surface of the surface modification agent according to any one of the above (1) to (3) is modified by the surface modification unit according to any one of the above (1) to (3). (5) A method for producing a (meth)acrylic polymer, which comprises a (meth)acrylic monomer represented by the formula (Va) and an alkane represented by the formula (via) A repeating unit represented by the formula (1) in the presence of a compound of an oxyindenyl group having an alkoxyfluorenyl group represented by the formula (u) at least at one end: ch2=cco-r2 I, II R ' a (Va) Dredging s I 6 R 3 «5 .RlsllR I R4 基via 201211072 where R, R and R5 are each independently represent an alkyl group of carbon number 4 or an alkyl number of 1 to 4 carbon atoms. An oxy group, at least one of R3 and R5 The alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 4 'R is a subring group having a carbon number of 1 to 12; R1 (I) c=o

I 〇I 〇

I R2 式中R1及R2與上述相同; R3 R4-Si-R6- (II) R5 式中R3、R4、R5及R6與上述相同;以及 (6)如上述(5)所述的(曱基)丙烯酸系聚合物的製造方 法,其中在於式(I),R2係可具有氫原子、羥基或氟原子之 碳數2〜20之院基、可具有經基或i原子之碳數6〜芳基、 於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳數卜4之烷基亦可具有經基或 氟原子之環氧乙烷基、於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳數id 之烷基亦可具有羥基或氟原子之環氧乙烷基之加成莫耳數 為2〜20之聚環氧乙烷基、於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳數 卜4之烧基亦可具有羥基或氟原子之環氧丙烷基、於一邊 末端具有氫原子或碳數1〜4之烷基亦可具有羥基或氟原子 之環氧丙烷基之加成莫耳數為2〜20之聚環氧丙院基、式 (III)所示之基,或式(IV)所示之基: (III)201211072I R2 wherein R1 and R2 are the same as above; R3 R4-Si-R6- (II) R5 wherein R3, R4, R5 and R6 are the same as defined above; and (6) as defined in the above (5) A method for producing an acrylic polymer, which is a compound of the formula (I), which may have a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom, and has a carbon number of from 2 to 20, and may have a carbon number of the radical or i atom. The alkyl group having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number at one end may have an oxiranyl group having a trans group or a fluorine atom, an alkyl group having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number id at one end, and may have a hydroxyl group or a fluorine group. a propylene oxide group having an atomic oxiranyl group having a molar number of 2 to 20, a propylene oxide group having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number at one end, and a hydroxy group or a fluorine atom. An alkyl group having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 4 at one end or a propylene oxide group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom, and a polyepoxy group having a molar number of 2 to 20, and a formula (III) ) the base shown, or the base of formula (IV): (III) 201211072

RsRs

-R 〒R8-c00_-R 〒R8-c00_

Rw 式中,R7及 R9及R1 °係分別獨 K係分别獨 立地表示, -R11 R12 N — rm I R13 立地表示碳數1〜4的亞烷基、 氫原子或碳數1〜4之烷基; χ- (IV) 1〜4的亞烷基、1?12及Ru係分別 1〜4的燒基、R14係有機基、χ-係 式中,R係、表示碳數 獨立地表示氫原子或碳數 表示陰離子。 〔本發明的第2組〕 本發明的第2組 (1) 一種2液型表面改質劑,其係由包含具有烷氧基矽 基的聚合物及含有4醇基的矽烷偶合劑W I液;及含有(甲 基)丙烯酸單體之π液所組成; (2) 如上述(1)所述的2液型表面改質劑,其中具有烷 氧基矽基的聚合物,具有式(I)所示反覆單位,至少於一邊 末端具有式(II)所示烧氧基石夕基之(平基)丙稀酸系聚合 物: 201211072 式中’ R1係表示氫原子或甲基,R2係表示親水性基 疏水性基、陽離子性基或陰離子性基; R3In the formula Rw, R7, R9 and R1 ° are each independently represented by K series, and -R11 R12 N - rm I R13 stands for an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Χ-(IV) an alkylene group of 1 to 4, an alkyl group of 1 to 12 and a Ru group of 1 to 4, an R14 organic group, and an oxime system, wherein the R system represents a carbon number independently representing hydrogen. The atom or carbon number represents an anion. [Group 2 of the present invention] Group 2 (1) of the present invention is a two-component surface modifier which comprises a polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group and a decane coupling agent WI solution containing a 4-alcohol group. And a two-component surface modifier according to the above (1), wherein the polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group has the formula (I) The above-mentioned repeating unit is a (flat-based) acrylic acid polymer having at least one terminal having an alkoxy group represented by the formula (II): 201211072 wherein R1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R2 represents Hydrophilic group hydrophobic group, cationic group or anionic group; R3

I (II) R4-Si—R6-I (II) R4-Si-R6-

I R5 式中,R3、R4及R5,係分別獨立地表示碳數i〜4之烷 基或碳數卜4之烷氧基,R3、R4及之至少一個基係碳數 1〜4之烷氧基’ R6係表示碳數1〜12之亞烷基; (3)如上述(2)所述的2液型表面改質劑,其中在於式 (I),R係可具有氫原子、羥基或氟原子之碳數2〜2〇之烷 基了具有控基或說原子之碳數6〜20芳基、於一邊末端且 有氫原子或碳數1〜4之院基亦可具有經基或氟原子之環氧 乙院基、於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳數卜4之烷基亦可具 有經基或氟原子之環氧乙院基之加成莫耳數為2〜2〇之聚 環氧乙烧基、於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳數卜4之烷基亦 "T具有經基或氟原子之環氧丙院基、於一邊末端具有氫原 子或碳數卜4之烷基亦可具有羥基或氟原子之環氧丙烷基 之加成莫耳數為2〜20之聚環氧丙烷基、式(111)所示之 基,或式(IV)所示之基: R9In the formula, R3, R4 and R5 each independently represent an alkyl group having a carbon number of i to 4 or an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 4, and R3, R4 and at least one of the alkyl groups having a carbon number of 1 to 4; The oxy 'R6 is an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 12; (3) The two-component surface modifier according to the above (2), wherein the R system may have a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group. Or a carbon atom having 2 to 2 carbon atoms of a fluorine atom, a group having a carbon number of 6 to 20 aryl groups having a control group or an atom, and having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 4 at the one end may also have a mercapto group. Or an epoxy group of a fluorine atom, an alkyl group having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number at one end, or an epoxy group having a trans group or a fluorine atom may have an addition molar number of 2 to 2 Å. a poly(ethylene oxide) group having an alkyl group having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number at the terminal also having a hydrogen atom or a carbon atom at the terminal end. The alkyl group may have a propylene oxide group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom, a polyepoxy group having a molar number of 2 to 20, a group represented by the formula (111), or a group represented by the formula (IV): R9

U —R7—N—R8~ C 00~ (III) R10 式中,R7及R8係分別獨立地表示碳數卜4的亞烷基、 R9及R1 °係分別獨立地表示,氫原子或碳數卜4之烷基; 201211072 R1U—R7—N—R8~ C 00~ (III) R10 wherein R7 and R8 each independently represent an alkylene group of carbon number 4, and R9 and R1 ° are each independently represented by a hydrogen atom or a carbon number. Alkyl group of 4; 201211072 R1

RINIR 12 13RINIR 12 13

14 JR14 JR

X 式中’ R係表示碳數1〜4的亞烷基、…及Ru係分別 獨立地表示氫原子或碳數Η的燒基、有機基、χ-係 表示陰離子; (4) 如上述(2)或(3)所述的2液型表面改質劑,其中以 式(I)表示之反覆單位的數量為^000。 (5) 如上述(1)~(4)之任何一項所述的2液型表面改質 劑,其中具有硫醇基的石夕院偶合劑,係以式(VIb)表示之含 有烷氧基矽基之化合物: R15 (VIb)In the formula, R represents an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 4, ... and a Ru group each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of a burnt group, an organic group, or a sulfonium-based anion; (4) as described above ( 2) The two-component surface modifier according to (3), wherein the number of the repeating units represented by the formula (I) is ^000. (2) The two-component surface modifier according to any one of the above-mentioned items (1) to (4), wherein the lithium-based lithium coupling agent is an alkoxy group represented by the formula (VIb) Base group compound: R15 (VIb)

Rl6-Si-Rl8-SH R17 式中係分別獨立地表示碳數Η的 基或碳數卜4的烧氧基m R17之中至少一個基 碳數卜4的烧氧基’ R18係表示碳數卜12之亞燒基; (6)如上述(1)〜(5)之任何一瑁所 J項所述的2液型表面改 劑’其中(甲基)丙烯酸單體,係以式⑽表示之( 烯酸單體: (Vb) CH2=C —C-O-R20 R19 〇 式中,R係表示氫原子或甲基、# τ丞κ係表不親水性」 疏水性基、陽離子性基或陰離子性基; < ⑺如上述(6)所述的2液型表面改質劑,其中在方 201211072 (Vb),在r2°係可具有氫原子、羥基或氟原子之碳數2~2〇 之烷基、可具有羥基或氟原子之碳數6~2〇芳基於一邊末 端具有氫原子或碳數1〜4之烷基亦可具有羥基或氟原子之 環氧乙烷基、於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳數丨〜4之烷基亦 了具有經基或I原子之環氧乙烧基之加成莫耳數為2〜2〇 之聚環氧乙烷基、於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳數卜4之烷 基亦可具有羥基或氟原子之環氧丙烷基、於一邊末端具有 氫原子或碳數1〜4之烷基亦可具有羥基或氟原子之環氧丙 烷基之加成莫耳數為2〜20之聚環氧丙烷基、式(111)所示 之基,或式(IV)所示之基: R9Rl6-Si-Rl8-SH R17 wherein each of the alkoxy groups of the carbon number 或 or the number of carbon atoms of the alkoxy group m R17 of 4 is independently a calcined oxy group 'R18' represents a carbon number (2) The 2-liquid surface modifying agent as described in any one of the above items (1) to (5), wherein the (meth)acrylic monomer is represented by the formula (10) (Acene monomer: (Vb) CH2=C—CO-R20 R19 In the formula, R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and #ττκ is not hydrophilic. Hydrophobic group, cationic group or anion (2) The two-liquid type surface modifying agent according to the above (6), wherein in the case of 201220122 (Vb), the carbon number of the hydrogen atom, the hydroxyl group or the fluorine atom may be 2 to 2 in the r2° system. The alkyl group, which may have a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom, has a carbon number of 6 to 2 fluorene. The alkyl group having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 4 at one end may have an oxiranyl group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom. The alkyl group having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 丨4 is also a polyethylene oxide group having an alkylene group having a trans group or an I atom, and having a molar number of 2 to 2 Å, and hydrogen at one end. Atomic or carbon number The alkyl group may have an oxypropylene group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom, an alkyl group having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 4 at one end, or an oxiran group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom. a polyepoxypropane group of 2 to 20, a group represented by the formula (111), or a group represented by the formula (IV): R9

U -R7-N-R8-COO~ (in) R10 式中’ R7及R8係分別獨立地表示碳數1〜4的亞炫基、 R及R"係分別獨立地表示,氫原子或碳數1〜4之烷基; R12 η I + -Ru-N-R14 · χ- (ιν) R13 式中’ R"係表示碳數1〜4的亞烧基、R12及R13係分別 獨立地表示氫原子或碳數卜4的烷基、R14係有機基、χ-係 表示陰離子; (8)—種表面改質的基材的製造方法,其特徵在於:對 基材塗佈包含具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物及含有硫醇基的砂 烷偶合劑的I液之後,對塗佈該I液之基材表面塗佈含有 12 201211072 (曱基)丙烯酸單體的π液’使具有硫醇基的矽烷偶合劑與 (曱基)丙烯酸單體反應; (9)如上述(8)所述的表面改質的基材的製造方法,其 中具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物,具有式⑴所示反覆單位,至 少於一邊末端具有式⑴)所示院氧基妙基之(曱基)丙烤酸 系聚合物: R1U -R7-N-R8-COO~ (in) R10 where 'R7 and R8 each independently represent a sub-dottyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 4, and R and R" are independently represented by a hydrogen atom or a carbon number. Alkyl group of 1 to 4; R12 η I + -Ru-N-R14 · χ- (ιν) R13 wherein 'R" means a alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 4, and R12 and R13 each independently represent hydrogen. The atomic or carbon number 4 alkyl group, the R14 organic group, and the fluorene-based system represent an anion; (8) A method for producing a surface-modified substrate, characterized in that the substrate is coated with an alkoxy group. After the thiol-based polymer and the thiol group-containing silane coupling agent liquid I, the surface of the substrate coated with the liquid I is coated with a π liquid containing 12 201211072 (fluorenyl) acryl monomer to have a thiol The method for producing a surface-modified substrate according to the above (8), wherein the polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group has the formula (1) The above-mentioned repeating unit, having at least one end of the formula (1)), is a compound of the formula (1)):

I (I) 〇I (I) 〇

I R2 式中,R氫原子或曱基、表示親水性基、疏水性基、 陽離子性基或陰離子性基)被表示&覆有單位、至少於一邊 末端式(11): R3 R4~f~R6~ (II) R5 式中,R3、R4及R5,係分別獨立地表示碳數i ~4之烷 基或碳數Η之院氧基m R5之至少—個基係碳數 1〜4之烷氧基,Re係表示碳數卜12之亞烷基; (10)如上述(9)所述的表面改質的基材的製造方法,其 中在於式⑴,R2係可具有氫原子、羥基或氟原子之碳數 2~20之烷基、可具有羥基或氟原子之碳數6〜2〇芳基、於 邊末端具有氫原子或碳數Η之院基亦可具有經基或氣 .巧子之環氧乙烷基、於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳數1〜4之 13 201211072 烷基亦可具有羥基或氟原子之環氧乙烷基之加成莫耳數為 2〜20之聚環氧乙烷基、於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳數卜4 之烷基亦可具有羥基或氟原子之環氧丙烷基、於一邊末端 具有虱原子或碳數1〜4之烷基亦可具有羥基或氟原子之環 氧丙烷基之加成莫耳數為2〜20之聚環氧丙烷基、式(111) 所示之基,或式(IV)所示之基: R9In the formula I R2, the R hydrogen atom or a thiol group, a hydrophilic group, a hydrophobic group, a cationic group or an anionic group is represented by a unit, at least one side of the terminal formula (11): R3 R4~f ~R6~ (II) R5 wherein R3, R4 and R5 independently represent at least one of the carbon number i ~ 4 alkyl group or the carbon number 院 of the oxy group m R5 - a base carbon number of 1 to 4 (A) The method for producing a surface-modified base material according to the above (9), wherein the R2 system may have a hydrogen atom, An alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms of a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom, a 6 to 2 aryl group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom, and a hydrogen atom or a carbon number at the terminal end may have a base group or a gas group. The oxirane group of the genomic group has a hydrogen atom at one end or a carbon number of 1 to 4; 201211072 alkyl group may also have an oxiranyl group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom, and the molar number is 2 to 20 The poly(ethylene oxide) group having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number at one end may have an oxypropylene group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom, a germanium atom at one end or a carbon number of 1 to 4. The alkyl group may have a propylene oxide group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom, a polyepoxy group having a molar number of 2 to 20, a group represented by the formula (111), or a group represented by the formula (IV). : R9

R (III) r—N-R8~CO〇-R10 9式中,& R8係分別獨立地表示碳數1〜4的亞烷基 R及^1°係分別獨立地表示,氫原子或碳數i〜4之烷基; r12 η丨+ (IV) -Rn-N-R14 · X' R13 式中,R11係表示碳數1〜4的亞烷基、Ru係分別 獨立地表示氫原子或碳數卜4的烧基、Rl4係有機基、厂係 表示陰離子; (11) 如上述(9)或(10)所述的表面改質的基材的製造 方法,其中以式(I)表示之反覆單位的數量為卜1〇〇〇; (12) 如上述(8)〜(11)之任何—項所述的表面改質的基 材的製造方法,其中具有硫醇基的矽烷偶合劑,係以式(v丨b ) 表示之含有烷氧基矽基之化合物:R (III) r - N - R 8 ~ CO 〇 - R10 9 wherein & R8 each independently represents an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 4 and a ^1 ° system independently representing a hydrogen atom or carbon In the formula, R11 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a Ru system independently represents a hydrogen atom or (11) The method for producing a surface-modified substrate according to the above (9) or (10), wherein the base of the carbon number of the carbon number, the R1, 4, and 10, The method for producing a surface-modified substrate according to any one of the above-mentioned items (8) to (11), wherein the decane coupling agent having a thiol group is used. , a compound containing an alkoxy fluorenyl group represented by the formula (v丨b ):

R 16.R 16.

R15 Si-R18-SH R17 (VIb) 14 201211072 式中,R 、R及R係分別獨立地表示碳數卜4的燒 基或碳數1〜4的烷氧基’ R15、V6及r”之中至少一個基係 碳數1〜4的烷氧基,R18係表示碳數i~12之亞烷基; (13) 如上述(8)〜(11)之任何一項所述的表面改質的基 材的製造方法,其中(甲基)丙烯酸單體,係以s(Vb)表示 之(甲基)丙烯酸單體: C C—*C — Ο — R20 U (Vb) 式中,R19係表示氫原子或甲基、R2。係表示親水性基、 疏水性基、陽離子性基或陰離子性基; (14) 如上述(13)所述的表面改質的基材的製造方法, 其中在於式(Vb),R”係可具有氫原子、羥基或氟原子之碳 數2〜20之烧基、可具有經基或氟原子之碳數6~2〇芳基、 於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳數卜4之焼基亦可具有經基或 t*原子之環氧乙烷基、於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳數 之烧基亦可具有羥基或氟原子之環氧乙烷基之加成莫耳數 為2~20之聚環氧乙烷基、於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳數 卜4之燒基亦可具有羥基或氟原子之環氧丙烷基、於—邊 末端具有氫原子或碳數1〜4之烷基亦可具有羥基或氣原子 之環氧丙炫基之加成莫耳數為2~20之聚環氧丙院基、气 (III)所示之基,或式(IV)所示之基: R9R15 Si-R18-SH R17 (VIb) 14 201211072 In the formula, R, R and R each independently represent a carbon group of carbon number 4 or an alkoxy group of carbon number 1 to 4 'R15, V6 and r" At least one of the bases is an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R18 is an alkylene group having a carbon number of i to 12; (13) The surface modification according to any one of the above (8) to (11) A method for producing a substrate, wherein the (meth)acrylic monomer is a (meth)acrylic monomer represented by s(Vb): CC—*C — Ο — R20 U (Vb) wherein R19 represents The hydrogen atom, the methyl group, and the R2 are a hydrophilic group, a hydrophobic group, a cationic group, or an anionic group. (14) A method for producing a surface-modified substrate according to the above (13), wherein (Vb), R" may have a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom having a carbon number of 2 to 20, a carbon group having a transradical or a fluorine atom of 6 to 2 fluorene, a hydrogen atom at one end or The fluorenyl group of the carbon number 4 may also have an oxiranyl group having a trans group or a t* atom, an alkyl group having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number at one end, and an oxyethylene group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom. Cheng Mo a poly(ethylene oxide) group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms and a hydrogen atom or a carbon number at the terminal end may have an oxypropylene group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom, and a hydrogen atom or carbon at the terminal end. The alkyl group having 1 to 4 may have a propylene group having a hydroxyl group or a gas atom, and a group having a molar number of 2 to 20, a group represented by a gas (III), or a formula ( IV) Base: R9

U -R7-N-R8-CO〇_ (Ιπ) 15 201211072 式中,R7及R8係分別獨立地表示碳數卜4的亞烷基 R9及R"係分別獨立地表示’氫原子或碳數1〜4之烷基; R12 (IV) 11 丨 + lil -Rn-N-R14 · X- 13U -R7-N-R8-CO〇_ (Ιπ) 15 201211072 wherein R7 and R8 each independently represent an alkylene group R9 and R" of carbon number 4, respectively, independently represent 'hydrogen atom or carbon number Alkyl group of 1 to 4; R12 (IV) 11 丨+ lil -Rn-N-R14 · X- 13

R 式中,Rn係表示碳數卜4的亞烷基、1^2及r!3係分別 獨立地表示氫原子或碳數卜4的烷基、R14係有機基、χ-係 表示陰離子;及 (15)—種表面改質的基材,其係以上述(1)〜(?)之任何 一項所述的2液型表面改質劑表面改質而成。 此外,使用上述2液型表面改質劑,則藉由對基材塗 佈包含具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物及含有硫醇基的矽烷偶合 劑的I液之後’於塗佈該!液的基材表面塗佈含有(甲基; 丙稀酸單體的II液,使具有硫醇基的我偶合劑與(甲基) 丙烯酸單體反應,可將基材表面改m,藉由使用本 發明的2液型表面改質劑’亦可提供基材的表面改質方法。 〔本發明的第3組〕 本發明的第3組 ⑴-種表面親水化劑’其特徵在於:包含 丙烯酸系聚合物’其係使含有式⑽所 體及式⑴所示含有氮原子的單體成分聚合而成:原子的丰 R3 I •Si-R< I R6 (IX) R1In the formula, Rn represents an alkylene group having a carbon number of 4, and a group of 1^2 and r!3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having a carbon number of 4, an R14 organic group, and an anthracene system representing an anion; And (15) a surface-modified substrate obtained by modifying the surface of the two-component surface modifier described in any one of the above (1) to (?). Further, by using the above-described two-liquid type surface modifying agent, a coating solution comprising a polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group and a decane coupling agent containing a thiol group is applied to the substrate. The surface of the liquid substrate is coated with a solution containing (methyl; acrylic acid monomer, and reacting a thiol group-containing coupling agent with a (meth)acrylic monomer to change the surface of the substrate by m. The surface modification method of the substrate can also be provided by using the two-component surface modifier of the present invention. [Group 3 of the present invention] The third group (1)-type surface hydrophilizing agent of the present invention is characterized by: The acrylic polymer is obtained by polymerizing a monomer component containing a nitrogen atom and a monomer having a nitrogen atom represented by the formula (1): atomic abundance R3 I • Si-R < I R6 (IX) R1

II

HjC = C — C—Y—R*HjC = C — C—Y—R*

II 〇 ⑧ 16 201211072 式中R1係表示氫原子或甲基、R3、R4及R5係分別獨立 地表不碳數1〜4之烷基或碳數1〜4的烷氧基,R3、R4及R5 之中至)一個基是碳數卜4的烷氧基,R6係表示碳數H 的亞烧基’ Y係表示氧原子或_NH ; R1 R9 H2C = C-C-Y-R6-n-R8-c〇〇· (X) 〇 41° 式中R、R及Υ與上述相同,r8係表示碳數1〜4的亞 烷基,R9及R1。係分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數之烷基; (2) 如上述(1)所述的表面親水化劑,其中以式(lx)表 示之3有矽原子的單體與式(X)所示之含有氮原子的單體 的重量(含有矽原子的單體/含有氮原子的單體)為 3/97〜95/5 ; (3) 如上述(1)或(2)所述的表面親水化劑,其中單體成 刀進步含有可與式(IX)所示之含有梦原子的單體及式(X) 所示之含有氮原子的單體共聚合之單體; (4) 如上述(3)所述的表面親水化劑,其中可與式οχ) 所示之含有矽原子的單體及式(x)m示之含有氮原子的單 體共聚合的單體’係選自由苯乙稀系單體、幾酸醋系單體 及胺系單體所組成之群之至少1種; (5) 如上述(3)或(4)所述的表面親水化劑,其中可與式 (IX)所示之含有矽原子的單體及式(X)所示之含有氮原^ 的單體共聚合的單體量,對式ΠΧ)所示之含有石夕原子的單 體與式(X)所示之含有氮原子的單體之合計4 1〇〇重量部 17 201211072 當量之0〜100重量部;及 (6)—種表面 (1)〜(5)之任何一 成0 親水化基材’其係於基材表面形成以上述 項所述的表面親水化劑所組成的披膜而 [發明效果] 根據本發明的第1組,可提供可形成即使與水接觸 時,不容易由基材脫離,具有親水性、撥水性、親油性、 撥油性等所期望的性皙 旳r質之4膜之表面改質劑;以該表面改 質劑表面改質之表面故暂A u . 材’及具有有用於該表面改質 劑之烷氧基矽之(甲基)丙烯系聚合物的製造方法。 根據本發明的第2組,可提供例如兼具親水性與親油 性、親水性與撥油性等的相反的兩個性質,可固定化於基 材之表面改質劑;可提供例如可製造兼具親水性與親油 性、親水性與撥油性等的相反的兩個性質,可固定化於基 材之被表面改質之基材之製造方法;可提供例如表面改質 劑固定化於其表面,可藉由該表面改質劑表面改質為兼具 親水性與親油性、親水性與撥油性等的相反的兩個性質之 基材。 根據本發明的第3組’可提供,即使是與水接觸時, 不容易由基材脫離’可於基材表面上形成具有優良的親水 性的彼膜之表面親水化劑’及於基材表面上形成由該表面 親水化劑所組成之披膜之表面親水化基材。 【實施方式】 ⑧ 201211072 〔本發明的第1組〕 本發明的第1組的表面改質劑,係如上所述’含有式 (I)所示反覆單位’至少於一邊的末端含有式(II)所示之炫 氧基矽基之(曱基)丙烯酸系聚合物者: R1II 〇 8 16 201211072 wherein R1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R3, R4 and R5 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, R3, R4 and R5. One of the bases is an alkoxy group of carbon number 4, and the ring group of R6 represents a carbon number H. The Y group represents an oxygen atom or _NH; R1 R9 H2C = CCY-R6-n-R8-c〇 〇· (X) 〇41° wherein R, R and Υ are the same as above, and r8 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, R9 and R1. (2) The surface hydrophilizing agent according to the above (1), wherein the monomer having a ruthenium atom represented by the formula (1x) and the formula (X) The weight of the monomer containing a nitrogen atom (a monomer containing a halogen atom / a monomer containing a nitrogen atom) is 3/97 to 95/5; (3) as described in the above (1) or (2) a surface hydrophilizing agent, wherein the monomer-forming process comprises a monomer copolymerizable with a monomer containing a dream atom represented by the formula (IX) and a monomer having a nitrogen atom represented by the formula (X); The surface hydrophilizing agent according to the above (3), wherein a monomer which is copolymerizable with a monomer having a ruthenium atom represented by the formula οχ) and a monomer having a nitrogen atom represented by the formula (x)m is selected A surface-hydrophilizing agent according to the above (3) or (4), wherein at least one of the group consisting of a free styrene monomer, a few acid vinegar monomer, and an amine monomer; a monomer having a ruthenium atom-containing monomer represented by the formula (IX) and a monomer containing a nitrogen atom represented by the formula (X), and a monomer having a zea atom represented by the formula ΠΧ) Containing nitrogen as shown in formula (X) The total of the atomic monomers is 4 1 〇〇 the weight portion 17 201211072 equivalent 0 to 100 parts by weight; and (6) the surface (1) to (5) of any one of the 0 hydrophilized substrate 'is attached to the base The surface of the material is formed into a film composed of the surface hydrophilizing agent described in the above item. [Effect of the Invention] According to the first group of the present invention, it is possible to provide a hydrophilic material which is not easily detached from the substrate even when it is in contact with water. Properties, water repellency, lipophilicity, oil repellency, etc. The surface modifier of the 4th film of the desired properties; the surface of the surface modifier is modified to temporarily Au. A method for producing a (meth) propylene-based polymer of the alkoxy oxime of the surface modifier. According to the second group of the present invention, for example, a surface modifying agent which can be immobilized on the substrate and which has two properties opposite to hydrophilicity and lipophilicity, hydrophilicity and oil repellency, and the like can be provided; Two properties opposite to hydrophilicity, lipophilicity, hydrophilicity and oil repellency, etc., can be immobilized on a surface-modified substrate of a substrate; and, for example, a surface modifier can be provided on the surface thereof. The surface of the surface modifier can be modified into a substrate having two properties which are opposite in hydrophilicity and lipophilicity, hydrophilicity and oil repellency. According to the third group of the present invention, it is possible to provide a surface hydrophilizing agent which can form a surface having excellent hydrophilicity on the surface of the substrate from the substrate even when it is in contact with water. A surface hydrophilizing substrate comprising a superficial film composed of the surface hydrophilizing agent is formed on the surface. [Embodiment] 8 201211072 [Group 1 of the present invention] The surface modifier of the first group of the present invention contains the formula (II) at least at one end including the "repetitive unit represented by the formula (I)" as described above. ) of the fluorenyl fluorenyl (fluorenyl) acrylate polymer shown: R1

I fC-CH23—I fC-CH23—

I 〒=〇 (I) 〇I 〒=〇 (I) 〇

I R2 式中,R1及R2與上述相同; R3 R4~Si-Re- (Π) R5 式中’ R3、R4及R5,與,上述相同。 在以式(I)表示之反覆單位,係氫原子或甲基。 R2係親水性基、疏水性基、陽離子性基或陰離子性基。 藉由選擇該親水性基U性基、陽離子性基或陰離子性 基的種類’可調整以表面改f劑賦予基材的性質。例如, 將對基材賦^親水性時,選具有親水性的有機基' 對基材 賦予疏水性時,選具有疏水性的有機基。 可舉例如,可具有氫原子' 經基或氟原子之碳』 一 2〇之烷基、可具有羥基或氟原子之碳數6,芳基、方 —邊末端具有氫原子或碳數 数14之烷基亦可具有羥基或| 席子之環氧乙烷基、於一邊東诚 違禾鳊具有風原子或碳數1〜4 4 &基亦可具有羥基或氟片 签飞既原于之環氧乙貌基之加成莫耳數# 19 201211072 2,之聚環氧乙㈣、於—邊末端具有氫原子或碳數卜4 之烷基亦可具有羥基或氟原子之環氧丙烷基、於一邊末端 具有氫原子或碳數Η之院基亦可具有經基或氟原子之環 氧丙院基之加成莫耳數為2〜2〇之聚環氧丙烧基、式⑴丁) 所示之基’或式(IV)所示之基:In the formula I R2, R1 and R2 are the same as above; R3 R4 to Si-Re-(Π) R5 wherein 'R3, R4 and R5 are the same as described above. The repeating unit represented by the formula (I) is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R2 is a hydrophilic group, a hydrophobic group, a cationic group or an anionic group. The properties imparted to the substrate by the surface modification agent can be adjusted by selecting the type of the hydrophilic group U group, the cationic group or the anionic group. For example, when hydrophilicity is imparted to the substrate, when a hydrophilic organic group is selected to impart hydrophobicity to the substrate, a hydrophobic organic group is selected. For example, an alkyl group which may have a hydrogen atom 'passage group or a fluorine atom', an alkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom, an aryl group, a terminal side having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 14 may be mentioned. The alkyl group may also have a hydroxyl group or an oxirane group of the mat, and the side has a wind atom or a carbon number of 1 to 4 4 and may also have a hydroxyl group or a fluorine sheet. The addition of the epoxy ethyl group to the molar number # 19 201211072 2, the polyepoxide (4), the terminal at the end of the hydrogen atom or carbon number 4 can also have a hydroxy group or a fluoropropane group of a fluorine atom a propylene group having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number enthalpy at one end or a propylene oxide group having a trans group or a fluorine atom, and a polyglycidyl group having a molar number of 2 to 2 Å, and a formula (1) ) the base shown in the formula ' or formula (IV):

7 R7 R

οο C I 8 R 9+110 R·-Ν·-R 9式中,R 係分別獨立地表示碳數1〜4的亞烷基 V及R1。係分別獨立地表示’氫原子或碳數卜4之烷基; R12 ,,I + (IV) — R11—N—R!4 . y-Οο C I 8 R 9+110 R·-Ν·-R 9 wherein R represents independently an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 4, and R1. Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group of carbon number 4; R12,, I + (IV) — R11—N—R!4 . y-

I R13 式中,R係表示碳數卜4的亞烷基、Rlz及RU係分^ 獨立地表不氫原子或碳數卜4的炫基、r14係有機基、X、 表示陰離子’惟本發明並非限定於該例示。於該等之基: 中,由提鬲塗膜強度的觀點,以式(III)所示之基為佳》 7在於式(111),R7及R8分別獨立係碳數丨~4的亞烷基 R以亞甲基、亞乙基、正亞丙基或異亞丙基為佳,以亞! 基或亞乙基更佳。r8以亞甲基或亞乙基為佳。 在於式(IV),R 1係碳數卜4的亞烧基❶以亞曱基 亞乙基、正亞丙基或異亞丙基為佳,以亞甲基或亞乙基】 佳R及R分別獨立地係氫原子或碳數1 ~4的烷基、Κ 係有機基。有機基的具體例,可舉碳數卜22的烧基、碳| 20 201211072 6]2的芳基、碳數2刊的㈣基等,惟本發明並非限定於 該例示m離子^較佳例,可舉碳數Η之烧基氯 化物離子烧基之碳數為卜4之^價之烧基硫酸離子、碳 數6 8的方基氣化物離子、烷基之碳數為η之烷基硫酸 i化物離子' _素離子、醋酸離子、蝴酸離子、棒樣酸離 子/酉;5酸離子、碌匕酸氫離子、重亞硫酸離+、硫酸離子、 鱗酸離子等’惟本發明並非限定於該例示。在於上述院基 硫酸_化物離子之函素原子’可舉氣原子、氣原子漠原 子及碘原子。在於上述_素離子之鹵素原子,可舉氟原子、 氣原子、溴原子及碘原子。χ-之中,以碳數之烷基氣 化物離子、烷基之碳數為卜4之丨價烷基硫酸離子及碳數 6〜8的芳基氣化物離子為佳。 具有式(IV)所示之基的單體之具體例,可舉& N_二甲 基胺基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯之氣甲烷鹽、N, N_二甲基胺基 乙基(曱基)丙烯酸酯二曱基硫酸鹽、N,N—二甲基胺基乙基 (甲基)丙烯酸酯二乙基硫酸鹽、N,N-二甲基胺基乙基(甲基) 丙烯酸酯酯之苄基氣鹽、N,N-二甲基胺基丙基(甲基)丙烯 酸酯氣甲烷鹽、N,N-二甲基胺基丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯二甲 基硫酸鹽、N,N-二甲基胺基丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯二乙基硫 酸鹽、Ν,Ν -二曱基胺基丙基(曱基)丙烯酸酯之苄基氯鹽、 Ν,Ν-二乙基胺基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯氯甲烷鹽、ν,Ν-二乙 基胺基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯二甲基硫酸鹽、Ν,Ν-二乙基胺 基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯二乙基硫酸鹽、Ν,Ν-二乙基胺基乙 基(甲基)丙烯酸酯之苄基氣、Ν,Ν-二乙基胺基丙基(甲基) 21 201211072 丙烯酸酯氯甲烷鹽、N,N-二乙基胺基丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯 二甲基硫酸鹽、N,N-二乙基胺基丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯二乙 基硫酸鹽、N,N-二乙基胺基丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯之苄基氯 鹽等,惟本發明並非限定於該例示。在該等單體之中,由 廉價且可容易取得’以N,N一二曱基胺基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸 酯氣甲烷鹽、N,N-二甲基胺基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯二乙基 硫酸鹽等為佳。 在於R,親水性基,可舉例如,至少具有1個1氫原 子、羥基之碳數1〜4之烷基、於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳 數1〜4之烷基的碳數卜20之聚乙二醇基、於一邊末端具有 氫原子或碳數1〜4之烷基之碳數卜1〇之聚丙烯乙二醇基、 式(III)所示之基等,惟本發明並非限定於該例示。於該等 之基中’由提升塗膜強度的觀點,以式⑴。所示之基為佳。 在於R2’疏水性基,可舉例如,可具有氟原子之碳數 2~20之烷基、可具有氟原子之碳數6,之芳基等,惟本 發明並非限定於該例示。在該等基之中,由撥油性的觀點, 以氟原子數為3以上碳數2,的院基及复原子數為3以上 碳數6〜20之基為佳。 丨苟離千性基,可舉例如式(IV)所 本發明並非限定於該例示 在於R,陰離子性基,可舉例如護乙稀基苯氧十 基、繞乙醯基胺基乙基等,惟本發明並非限定於該例 由對基材表面賦予親水性、撥水性、陽離 子性之觀點,以式⑴表示之反覆單位的數量的下限僅 ⑧ 22 201211072 以上為佳,以10以上更佳’以式⑴表示之反覆單位的數 量的上限值,以1 000以下為佳,以500以下更佳。 在於式(U)所示之烷氧基矽基,R3、RS分別獨立 地係碳數1〜4之烷基或碳數卜4的烷氧基,RS、R4及的 之中至少一個基,係碳數的烷氧基。R3、V及Μ的之 中的至少-個基,係碳數Η的烷氧基’係為將表面改質 劑藉由化學鍵結固定於基材。因此,R3、R4及y之中,至 少一個基以碳數1〜4的烷氧基為佳,R3、& RS之中至In the formula, R is an alkylene group having a carbon number of 4, a group of Rlz and a group of RU, a thio group having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 4, an organic group of an R14 group, and an anion of X. It is not limited to this illustration. In the basis of these: from the viewpoint of the strength of the coating film, the base represented by the formula (III) is preferred. 7 is in the formula (111), and R7 and R8 are each independently an alkylene having a carbon number of 丨~4. The group R is preferably a methylene group, an ethylene group, a n-propylene group or an isopropylidene group, and more preferably a sub-group or an ethylene group. R8 is preferably a methylene group or an ethylene group. In the formula (IV), the alkylene group of the R 1 -carbon number 4 is preferably an anthracenylene group, an n-propylene group or an isopropylidene group, and a methylene group or an ethylene group; R is independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a lanthanoid organic group. Specific examples of the organic group include an alkyl group of carbon number 22, an aryl group of carbon | 20 201211072 6] 2, a (four) group of carbon number 2, and the like, but the present invention is not limited to the preferred example of m ion. The carbon number of the sulphur-based chloride ion-burning group is a sulphur-based sulphate ion having a valence of 4, a carboxyl group ion having a carbon number of 68, and an alkyl group having an alkyl group having a carbon number of η. Sulfate ion ion _ 素 ion, acetic acid ion, acid ion, bar acid ion / 酉; 5 acid ion, hydrogen hydride, heavy sulfite +, sulfate ion, sulphuric acid ion, etc. It is not limited to this illustration. The above-mentioned functional group of the sulfuric acid ion of the compound is a gas atom, a gas atom, and an iodine atom. The halogen atom of the above-mentioned sulfonate ion may, for example, be a fluorine atom, a gas atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom. Among the ruthenium, an alkyl hydride ion having a carbon number, an alkyl group having a carbon number of the alkyl group, and an aryl vapor ion having a carbon number of 6 to 8 are preferred. Specific examples of the monomer having a group represented by the formula (IV) include <N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate gas methane salt, N, N-dimethylamino group B Base (mercapto) acrylate dimercapto sulfate, N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate diethyl sulfate, N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (methyl Benzyl methoxide of acrylate ester, N,N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate gas methane salt, N,N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate Base sulfate, N,N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate diethyl sulfate, benzyl chloride of hydrazine, hydrazine-didecylaminopropyl (hydrazino) acrylate, Ν, Ν-diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate chloromethane salt, ν, Ν-diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate dimethyl sulfate, hydrazine, hydrazine - diethyl Benzyl, hydrazine, hydrazine-diethylaminopropyl propylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate diethyl sulphate, hydrazine, hydrazine-diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate (methyl) 21 201211072 Acrylate methyl chloride salt, N,N-diethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate dimethyl sulfate, N,N-diethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate diethyl sulphate, N, N- A benzyl chloride salt of diethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate or the like, but the invention is not limited to the exemplification. Among these monomers, it is inexpensive and can be easily obtained as N,N-didecylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate gas methane salt, N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (A Acrylate diethyl sulfate or the like is preferred. In the case of R, the hydrophilic group is, for example, a carbon number of at least one hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a hydrogen atom or a C 1 to 4 alkyl group at one end. a polyethylene glycol group having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 4 at one end and a polypropylene glycol group having a carbon number of 1 to 4, a group represented by the formula (III), etc., but the present invention is not Limited to this illustration. In the basis of these, the formula (1) is used from the viewpoint of enhancing the strength of the coating film. The base shown is preferred. The R2'-hydrophobic group may, for example, be an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms of a fluorine atom, an aryl group having 6 or a carbon number of a fluorine atom, and the like, but the invention is not limited to the examples. Among these groups, from the viewpoint of oil repellency, it is preferred that the number of fluorine atoms is 3 or more and the carbon number is 2, and the number of the base group and the complex atom number is 3 or more and the carbon number is 6 to 20. The present invention is not limited to the R, an anionic group, and examples thereof include, for example, an ethylene phenoxy decyl group, a stilbene oxiranyl ethyl group, and the like. However, the present invention is not limited to this example. From the viewpoint of imparting hydrophilicity, water repellency, and cationicity to the surface of the substrate, the lower limit of the number of the reverse units represented by the formula (1) is preferably only 8 22 201211072 or more, more preferably 10 or more. The upper limit of the number of the repetitive units represented by the formula (1) is preferably 1 000 or less, more preferably 500 or less. In the alkoxyfluorenyl group represented by the formula (U), R3 and RS are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 4, and at least one of RS, R4 and A carbon number alkoxy group. At least one of R3, V and fluorene is an alkoxy group having a carbon number of Η, which is obtained by chemically bonding a surface modifying agent to a substrate. Therefore, among R3, R4 and y, at least one group is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R3, & RS is

R5進一步全 少兩個基以碳數卜4的燒氧基更佳, 以碳數1〜4的烷氧基為佳。於碳數丨〜4之烷基之中,以甲 基及乙基為佳,以甲基更佳。於碳數的烷氧基之中, 以甲氧基及乙氧基為佳,以甲氧基更佳。 以式(II)所示之烷氧基矽基,^係碳數卜12的亞烷 基。R6之中,以碳數1〜6的亞烷基為佳,以碳數2〜6的亞 烧基更佳。 於式(II)所示之燒氧基石夕基,雖係於至少於一邊末端 存在(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物,由充分顯現(甲基)丙烯酸系 聚合物所具有的性質之觀點’以僅存在於(曱基)丙稀酸系 聚合物的-邊末端為佳。式⑴)所示之烷氧基矽基,僅存 在於(甲I)丙稀酸系聚合物的—邊末端時,由充分顯現(甲 基)丙烯酸系聚合物所具有的性質之觀點,於其另一末端存 在例如羥基、碳數1〜4的烷氧基、聚合起始劑之殘基等的 基為佳。 /、有式(I)所示的反覆單位’至少於一邊末端具有式 23 201211072 (11)所示之烧氧基矽基之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物,係例 如’藉由將式(Va)所示之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體,於式(VIa) 所示之含有烷氧基矽基之化合物的存在下聚合而調製: C H2= C — C _ Ο _ R2 (Va) (Via)Further, R5 is further preferably two groups of alkoxy groups having a carbon number of 4, and preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Among the alkyl groups having a carbon number of 44, a methyl group and an ethyl group are preferred, and a methyl group is more preferred. Among the alkoxy groups having a carbon number, a methoxy group and an ethoxy group are preferred, and a methoxy group is more preferred. The alkoxy fluorenyl group represented by the formula (II) is an alkylene group having a carbon number of 12. Among R6, an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferred, and a sub-alkyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferred. The alkoxy group represented by the formula (II) has a (meth)acrylic polymer at least at one end, and the viewpoint of the properties of the (meth)acrylic polymer is sufficiently exhibited. It is preferably present only at the - edge of the (fluorenyl) acrylic polymer. When the alkoxyfluorenyl group represented by the formula (1)) is present only at the terminal end of the (meth)acrylic acid-based polymer, from the viewpoint of sufficiently exhibiting the properties of the (meth)acrylic polymer, The other end is preferably a group such as a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a residue of a polymerization initiator. / (M) is a (meth)acrylic polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group represented by the formula 23 201211072 (11) at least at one end, for example, by the formula ( The (meth)acrylic monomer shown in Va) is polymerized in the presence of a compound containing an alkoxyfluorenyl group represented by the formula (VIa): C H2 = C - C _ Ο _ R2 (Va) (Via)

I, II R丨〇 式中R1及R2與上述相同 R3I, II R丨〇 where R1 and R2 are the same as above R3

I R4—Si-R6- SH R5 式中R3、R4、R5及R6與上述相同。 以式(Va)表示之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體,可舉例如N_(甲 基)丙烯醯氧乙基-N,N-二甲基銨一曱基羧基甜菜鹼、 Ν-(曱基)丙烯醯胺基乙基-ν,ν—二曱基銨_α_卜甲基羧基 甜菜鹼、曱氧基三乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、22,2_三氟乙 基甲基丙烯酸酯等,惟本發明並非限定於該例示。該等(甲 基)丙烯酸系單體,可分別單獨使用,亦可並用2種以上。 再者,Ν-曱基丙烯醯氧乙基_Ν,Ν_二曱基銨_卜甲基羧基 甜菜鹼,可以例如特開平9_95474號公報、特開平9 — 號公報、特開平u_22247〇號公報等所述的方法,容易地 以高純度調製。 以式(Via)所示之含有烷氧基矽基之化合物可舉例如 1硫丙基3二甲氧基矽院、1-硫丙基-3-三乙氧基矽烧、 1-硫丙基-3-三異丙氧基矽烷、卜硫丙基_3_甲基二甲氧基 矽烷、1-硫丙基I甲基二乙氧基石夕烷、卜硫丙基_3_甲基 24 201211072 二丙氧基石夕院等,惟本發明*北—汾 _ I乃並非限疋於該例示。該等含有 院氧基石夕基之化合物,可公Β丨丨s. J刀別單獨使用,亦可並用2種以 上。 式(Via)所不之含有烷氧基矽基之化合物的量並無特 別限定,通常係對供於聚合之單體全量i 〇〇重量部,以 0.01〜10重量部程度為佳。 再者’只要在不阻礙本發明之目的之範圍,亦可將式 (Va)所示之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體與其他的聚合性單體並 用。 其他的聚合性單體,可舉例如苯乙烯、羥基笨乙 稀、對羥基苯乙烯、(曱基)丙烯酸甲酯、(曱基)丙烯酸乙 醋、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(曱基) 丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸新戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環 己酯、(曱基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸辛酯、(甲基)丙 烤酸月桂醋、(曱基)丙稀酸硬脂醋、(甲基)丙稀酸十六院 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙基卡必醇酯、(曱基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯、 (曱基)丙烯酸羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羥基丁酯、(曱基) 丙烯酸甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基丁酯、Ν-甲基(甲 基)丙烯醯胺、Ν-乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、Ν-丙基(曱基)丙烯 醯胺、Ν-異丙基(曱基)丙烯醯胺、Ν-甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、 Ν-第三丁基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、Ν-辛基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、Ν,Ν-二甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、Ν,Ν-二乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、(甲 基)丙烯醯嗎啉、雙丙酮丙烯酿胺、苯乙烯、衣康酸曱酯、 衣康酸乙酯、醋酸乙烯酯、丙酸乙烯酯、Ν-乙烯吡咯烷酮、 25 201211072 N-乙烯己内醯胺等,惟太狢 氓丰發明並非限夂於該例示。該等其 他的聚合性早體,可分另丨丨置想/由田 + 刀別単獨使用’亦可並用2種以上。 於式(Via)所不之含有烷氧基矽基之化合物的存在 下,使式(Va)所示之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體聚合時,使用聚 合起始劑為佳。 聚合起始劑,可舉例如偶氮異丁腈、偶氮異丁酸甲醋、 偶氮雙二甲基戊腈、過氧化苯、過硫酸_、過硫酸按、二 苯甲酮衍生物、氧化膦衍生物、苯並_衍生物、苯基硫輕 衍生物、疊II化物衍生物、二氮化物衍生物、二硫化物衍 生物等’惟本發明並非限定於該例示。該等聚合起始劑, 可分別單獨使用,亦可並用2種以上。 聚合起始劑量並無特別限定,通常對供於式所示 之(曱基)丙烯酸系單體之聚合之單體全量1〇〇重量部,以 〇. 01〜5重量部程度為佳。 使式(Va)所示之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體聚合之方法,可 舉例如’溶液聚合法等,惟本發明並非限定於該例示。使 式(Va)所示之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體,以溶液聚合法聚合 時,例如可將式(Va)所示(甲基)丙烯酸系單體溶解於溶 劑’藉由邊攪拌所得溶液邊添加聚合起始劑,使之聚合。 溶劑,可舉例如甲醇、乙醇、異丙醇、乙二醇、丙二 醇等的醇;丙_、甲基乙基酮等的酮;乙醚n夫喃等 的醚,苯、甲苯、〔甲苯等的芳香烴化合物;正己烷等的 脂肪烴化合物環;己烷等脂環烴化合物;冑酸甲酯、醋酸 乙8曰等的醋酸酯f,惟本發明並非限定於該例示。該等溶 26 201211072 _劑,可分別單獨使用,亦可並用2種以上。 '合劑的量通㊉將包含式(Va)所示(甲基)丙烯酸系單 體而供於聚合之藉由蔣sμ Α 將年體溶解於溶劑之溶液之單體濃度 調整為10〜80重量%之程度為佳。 使式(Va)所不(甲基)丙烯酸系單體聚合時之聚合溫度 、聚合時間等的聚合條件,按照其單體之種類及其使用量 、聚合起始劑之種類及其使用量等適宜調整為佳。 使式(Va)所不(甲基)丙烯酸系單體聚合時的氣氛,以 惰性氣體為佳。惰性氣體’可舉例如氮氣、氬氣等,惟本 發明並非限定於該例示。 聚合反應的終了及反應系内有無未反應單體,例如, 可藉由氣相層析法等的一般分析方法確認。 藉由如上使式(Va)所不(甲基)丙稀酸系單體與按照需 要使用之其他單體聚合,可得具有院氧基梦基之(甲基)丙 稀酸系聚合物。再者,具有烧氧基秒基之(甲基)丙烯酸系 聚合物的黏度平均分子量,可藉由例如,烏伯樓德黏度計 等測定。 具有烷氧基矽基之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物的黏度平均 分子量,由充分顯現表面改質之效果之觀點,以i 〇〇以上 為佳,以500以上更佳,由提高具有烷氧基矽基之(甲基) 丙烯酸系聚合物的溶解性的觀點,以1〇〇〇〇〇以下為佳,以 50000以下更佳。 本發明之表面改質劑,係包含··具有上述含有烷氧基 矽基之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物者,可僅以具有該烷氧基矽 27 201211072 基之(甲基)丙稀酸系聚合物所構成,亦可含有溶劑β 溶劑,可舉例如曱醇、乙醇、異丙醇、乙二醇、丙二 醇等的醇;丙_、f基乙基酮等的乙冑、四㈣喃; 的趟;苯、甲苯、二甲苯等的芳香煙化合物;正己院等脂 肪烴化合物;環己烧等脂$ 凡寻細碾烃化合物,醋酸甲酯、醋酸乙 醋等醋酸料,惟本發明並非限定於該例示。該等溶劑, 可分別單獨使用,亦可並用2種以上。 溶劑的量並無特別限定,通常將具有烷氧基矽基之(甲 基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶解於溶劑所得之溶液之具有烷氧基 石夕基之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物之濃度調整為重量% 程度為佳。 使用本發明之表面改質劑表面改質之表面改質基材, 可藉由將本發明的表面改質劑塗佈於基材而製造。 作為基材,由將含於本發明的文質劑之具有烧氧 基石夕基之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物以化學性固定於基材的觀 點’可良好地使用於其表面存在經基之基材,蒸鍵二氧化 矽之基材等。 基材的材質,可舉例如聚乙烯、聚丙烯、聚苯乙烯、 聚氣乙婦、以尼龍為代表的聚酿胺、聚酿亞胺'聚氨脂、 尿素樹脂、聚乳酸、聚乙烯醇、聚醋酸乙烯酯、丙烯酸樹 脂、聚砜、聚碳酸酯、ABS樹脂、AS樹脂、矽膠樹脂、玻璃 陶莞、金屬等’惟本發明並非限定於該例示。 本發明的表面改質劑,由於對表面存在有羥基的基材 可更堅固地固定,故使用表面存在有羥基的基材為佳。 28 201211072 使用在表面不存在羥基的基材時,藉由表面改質使其表面 存在有羥基為佳。此外,例如由玻璃組成的基材,於其表 面存在著充分的羥基時,無須對其表面改質使羥基存在於 其表面,不言而喻。 另外,本發明的表面改質劑,使用蒸鍍二氧化矽的基 材時,亦可於該基材的表面堅固地固定本發明的表面改質 劑。用於蒸鍍二氧化矽之基材之基材,例如以聚乙烯、聚 丙烯、聚苯乙烯、#氯乙烯、以尼龍為代表的聚醯胺、聚 酿亞胺聚乙烯、聚丙烯、聚苯乙#、聚氣乙烯、以尼龍為 代表的聚醯胺、聚醯亞胺、聚氨脂、尿素樹脂、聚乳酸、 聚乙烯醇、聚醋酸乙烯酯、丙烯酸樹脂、聚砜、聚碳酸酯 、ABS樹脂、AS樹脂、矽膠樹脂等的樹脂形成時,由於該樹 脂通常具有疏水性,故可認為很難將表面改質劑堅固地固 定於該樹脂所組成的基材(以下,亦稱為樹脂基材)之表面 。對此’在於本發明,於上述樹脂基材表面驗二氧化砍 時’可將本發明的表面改質劑堅固地固定於蒸渡二氧化矽 的樹脂基材。 於樹脂基材表面上蒸鍍二氧化石夕的方法,可舉例如真 空蒸鍵法、㈣法、化學蒸鑛法等,惟本發明並非限定於 該例示。例如藉由真空蒸錢法在樹脂基材表面蒸鐘二氧化 石夕時’將樹脂基材放人真空容㈣,於加熱下脫氣之後, 藉由將四甲氧基石夕炫等垸氧基石夕院導入該真空容器内,可 於樹脂基材表面蒸鍵二氧化梦。 由於根據使用於 蒸鐘於樹脂基材表面的二氧化發量, 29 201211072 樹脂基材的樹脂種類不同,I法n站认A ^ …法龍統地決定’故按照該 脂種類適宜決定為佳,通常,以可將本發明的表面改 堅固地固定於蒸鍵二氧化石夕的樹脂基材表面的程度的 "5J* 〇 基材的形狀並無特別限定,例如,膜、薄片、板’ 成形為特定形狀的成形體等,惟本發明並非限定於該例 將本發明的表面改質劑塗佈於基材的方4,可舉 如,流塗法、喷塗法、浸潰法、说丨革 瓦忒刷毛塗法、輥塗法等,惟 本發明並非限定於該例示。 將本發明的表面改質劑塗佈於基材時的氣氛,通常, 只要是大氣即可。此外,蔣太级+ 將本發明的表面改質劑塗佈於 材時的溫度,通常是常溫,亦 力J加皿。將本發明的表面 質劑塗佈於基材時,本發 不I明的表面改質劑的塗佈量,由於 根據基材的用途而不同,故無 、 热沄籠統地決疋,按照其用途 適宜調整為佳。將本發明的表面改質劑塗佈於基材之 2由提升生產效率的觀點’將基材加熱為佳。基材的加 ' 刃7 .、、、度不同,故無法籠統地決定,I R4—Si-R6- SH R5 wherein R3, R4, R5 and R6 are the same as above. The (meth)acrylic monomer represented by the formula (Va) may, for example, be N-(methyl)acryloyloxyethyl-N,N-dimethylammonium monodecylcarboxybetaine, fluorene-(fluorenyl) Ethyl acrylamide ethyl-ν, ν-dianonyl ammonium _α_ carboxycarboxybetaine, decyloxytriethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, 22,2-trifluoroethyl methacrylate Etc., the invention is not limited to this illustration. These (meth)acrylic monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In addition, Ν-mercapto propylene oxime oxime Ν Ν Ν 曱 曱 曱 _ 甲基 甲基 甲基 9 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 The method described is easily modulated in high purity. The alkoxyfluorenyl group-containing compound represented by the formula (Via) may, for example, be a 1 thiopropyl 3 dimethoxy fluorene, 1-thiopropyl-3-triethoxy oxime, 1-thiopropyl 3--3-isopropoxy decane, thiopropyl-3-methylmethoxy decane, 1-thiopropyl I methyldiethoxy oxacyclohexane, thiopropyl-3-methyl 24 201211072 Dipropoxy stone court, etc., but the invention *North-汾_I is not limited to this illustration. These compounds containing the oxime group can be used s. J knife alone or in combination of two or more. The amount of the alkoxyfluorenyl group-containing compound which is not represented by the formula (Via) is not particularly limited, and is usually preferably from 0.01 to 10 parts by weight based on the total amount of the monomer to be polymerized. Further, the (meth)acrylic monomer represented by the formula (Va) may be used in combination with another polymerizable monomer as long as it does not inhibit the object of the present invention. Other polymerizable monomers include, for example, styrene, hydroxyethylidene, p-hydroxystyrene, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl ketone (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, (a) Isobutyl acrylate, (butyl) butyl butyl acrylate, neopentyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate , (methyl) propylene roasting acid laurel vinegar, (mercapto) styrene stearyl sulphate, (meth) propyl benzoic acid ester, ethyl carbitol (meth) acrylate, (mercapto) Hydroxyethyl acrylate, hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, methoxybutyl (meth) acrylate, Ν-methyl ( Methyl) acrylamide, hydrazine-ethyl (meth) acrylamide, hydrazine-propyl (decyl) acrylamide, hydrazine-isopropyl (decyl) acrylamide, hydrazine-methyl (A) Base acrylamide, hydrazine-tert-butyl (meth) acrylamide, fluorene-octyl (meth) acrylamide, hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethyl ( Base acrylamide, hydrazine, hydrazine-diethyl (meth) acrylamide, (meth) propylene hydrazine, diacetone acrylamide, styrene, itaconate, ethyl itaconate , vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, Ν-vinyl pyrrolidone, 25 201211072 N-ethylene caprolactam, etc., but the invention is not limited to this example. These other polymeric early forms can be divided into two types: one can be used separately from the field + the knife can be used alone. In the case where a (meth)acrylic monomer represented by the formula (Va) is polymerized in the presence of a compound containing an alkoxyfluorenyl group which is not represented by the formula (Va), a polymerization initiator is preferably used. The polymerization initiator may, for example, be azoisobutyronitrile, azoisobutyrate methyl acetonate, azobisdimethylvaleronitrile, benzene peroxide, persulfate _, persulfate, benzophenone derivative, A phosphine oxide derivative, a benzo-derivative, a phenyl sulfide light derivative, a stacked II compound derivative, a diazo derivative, a disulfide derivative, etc. 'But the present invention is not limited to this example. These polymerization initiators may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The starting amount of the polymerization is not particularly limited, and it is usually a part by weight of the monomer to be polymerized of the (fluorenyl)acrylic monomer represented by the formula, preferably from 0.01 to 5 parts by weight. The method of polymerizing the (meth)acrylic monomer represented by the formula (Va) can be exemplified by a solution polymerization method or the like, but the invention is not limited to the examples. When the (meth)acrylic monomer represented by the formula (Va) is polymerized by a solution polymerization method, for example, a (meth)acrylic monomer represented by the formula (Va) can be dissolved in a solvent by stirring. A polymerization initiator is added to the solution to polymerize it. Examples of the solvent include alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, ethylene glycol, and propylene glycol; ketones such as propyl and methyl ethyl ketone; ethers such as diethyl ether, benzene, toluene, and toluene; An aromatic hydrocarbon compound; an aliphatic hydrocarbon compound ring such as n-hexane; an alicyclic hydrocarbon compound such as hexane; an acetate f such as methyl decanoate or ethyl acetate; however, the present invention is not limited to the examples. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The amount of the mixture is adjusted to 10 to 80 by weight of the monomer solution containing the (meth)acrylic monomer represented by the formula (Va) for polymerization by the solution of the body dissolved in the solvent. The degree of % is better. The polymerization conditions such as the polymerization temperature and the polymerization time when the (meth)acrylic monomer is not polymerized in the formula (Va), the type of the monomer, the amount thereof, the type of the polymerization initiator, and the amount thereof to be used, etc. Suitable adjustment is better. The atmosphere in the case where the (meth)acrylic monomer is not polymerized in the formula (Va) is preferably an inert gas. The inert gas 'is, for example, nitrogen gas, argon gas or the like, but the invention is not limited to the examples. The end of the polymerization reaction and the presence or absence of unreacted monomers in the reaction system can be confirmed, for example, by a general analytical method such as gas chromatography. By polymerizing a non-(meth)acrylic acid monomer of the formula (Va) with another monomer which is used as required, a (meth)acrylic acid polymer having an epoxy group can be obtained. Further, the viscosity average molecular weight of the (meth)acrylic polymer having an alkoxy second group can be measured by, for example, a Ubbelde viscometer or the like. The viscosity average molecular weight of the (meth)acrylic polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group is preferably from i 〇〇 or more, more preferably 500 or more, and has an alkoxy group from the viewpoint of sufficiently exhibiting the effect of surface modification. The solubility of the (meth)acrylic polymer of the fluorenyl group is preferably 1 Å or less, more preferably 50,000 or less. The surface modifying agent of the present invention comprises a (meth)acrylic polymer having the above alkoxyfluorenyl group, and may be only a (meth) propylene having the alkoxy hydrazine 27 201211072 group. The acid polymer may be composed of a solvent β solvent, and examples thereof include alcohols such as decyl alcohol, ethanol, isopropanol, ethylene glycol, and propylene glycol; and ethyl hydrazines such as C- and f-ethyl ketone; and (four) Anthracene compounds such as benzene, toluene, xylene, etc.; aliphatic hydrocarbon compounds such as hexagram; cyclohexane and other fats such as fine-grained hydrocarbon compounds, acetic acid acetate, ethyl acetate and other acetic acid materials, but The invention is not limited to the examples. These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The amount of the solvent is not particularly limited, and the concentration of the (meth)acrylic polymer having an alkoxy group, which is usually obtained by dissolving a (meth)acrylic polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group in a solvent, is adjusted. The degree of weight % is preferred. The surface-modified substrate to which the surface modifier of the present invention is surface-modified can be produced by applying the surface modifying agent of the present invention to a substrate. As a substrate, a (meth)acrylic polymer having an alkoxy group contained in the present invention is chemically fixed to a substrate, and can be favorably used on the surface thereof. The substrate, the substrate of the steamed cerium oxide, and the like. The material of the substrate may, for example, be polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, polyurethane, polyamine represented by nylon, polyaniline 'polyurethane, urea resin, polylactic acid, polyvinyl alcohol. , polyvinyl acetate, acrylic resin, polysulfone, polycarbonate, ABS resin, AS resin, silicone resin, glass ceramic, metal, etc. 'By the present invention is not limited to this example. Since the surface modifier of the present invention can be more firmly fixed to a substrate having a hydroxyl group on its surface, it is preferred to use a substrate having a hydroxyl group on its surface. 28 201211072 When using a substrate having no hydroxyl group on its surface, it is preferred to have a hydroxyl group on its surface by surface modification. Further, for example, when a substrate composed of glass has a sufficient hydroxyl group on its surface, it is needless to modify its surface so that a hydroxyl group exists on the surface thereof. Further, when the surface modifying agent of the present invention is used as a base material for vapor-depositing cerium oxide, the surface modifying agent of the present invention can be firmly fixed to the surface of the base material. A substrate for vapor-depositing a substrate of cerium oxide, for example, polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, #vinyl chloride, polyamine represented by nylon, polyacrylonitrile polyethylene, polypropylene, poly Benzene ##, polyethylene, polyamine represented by nylon, polyimine, polyurethane, urea resin, polylactic acid, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl acetate, acrylic resin, polysulfone, polycarbonate When a resin such as an ABS resin, an AS resin, or a silicone resin is formed, since the resin is generally hydrophobic, it is considered that it is difficult to firmly fix the surface modifier to the substrate composed of the resin (hereinafter, also referred to as The surface of the resin substrate). In the present invention, the surface modifying agent of the present invention can be firmly fixed to the resin substrate of the vaporized cerium oxide when the surface of the resin substrate is subjected to oxidative dicing. The method of vapor-depositing the cerium oxide on the surface of the resin substrate may, for example, be a vacuum evaporation method, a (four) method, a chemical vapor deposition method, or the like, but the invention is not limited to the examples. For example, when the surface of the resin substrate is steamed by a vacuum evaporation method, the resin substrate is placed in a vacuum capacity (four), and after degassing under heating, by using a methoxy field such as tetramethoxy sulphate The eve is introduced into the vacuum container to evaporate the dream of oxidizing on the surface of the resin substrate. Depending on the amount of oxidizing agent used on the surface of the resin substrate in the steaming clock, the resin type of the resin substrate is different from the 2012 20127272 resin, and the method is determined by the method of the method. In general, the shape of the "5J*" base material to which the surface of the present invention can be fixed to the surface of the resin substrate of the steamed silica dioxide is not particularly limited, for example, a film, a sheet, and a sheet. 'The molded body of a specific shape is formed, but the present invention is not limited to the example 4 in which the surface modifying agent of the present invention is applied to a substrate, and examples thereof include a flow coating method, a spray coating method, and a dipping method. The embossing method, the roll coating method, and the like, but the invention is not limited to the illustration. The atmosphere when the surface modifier of the present invention is applied to a substrate is usually an atmosphere. In addition, the temperature at which the surface modifier of the present invention is applied to the material is usually at room temperature, and is also a force. When the surface quality agent of the present invention is applied to a substrate, the amount of the surface modifier to be coated according to the present invention differs depending on the use of the substrate, so that no heat and heat are generally determined. The use is suitable for adjustment. It is preferable to apply the surface modifier of the present invention to the substrate 2 from the viewpoint of improving production efficiency. The addition of the 'blade' of the substrate is different, so it cannot be decided in general terms.

通常在50〜15(Tc的範圍内A 残基材帶來Η料的溫度為 佳。 如以上’藉由將本發明的表面改質劑塗佈於基材,可 將含於本發明的表面改質劑 負和之具有烷氧基矽基能之(甲基) 丙烯酸系聚合物固定於基材。 本發明的表面改質基材,由於在其表面上固定化含於 月的表面改質劑之具有烷氧基矽基之(甲基)丙烯酸系 30 201211072 故可對基材^具㈣氧基#之(甲基)丙稀酸 =聚。物所具有的性質,可防止如使用先前的界面活性劑 時因水分附著而流失。 、b藉由本發明的表面改質劑表面改質之基材,可 、且調整具有烷氧基矽基之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物之 對基材賦T例如親水性、疏水性、親油性、撥油性 等的所期望的性質。 再者,本發明的表面改質劑’無須如上述專利文獻5 所述的發明’於基材表面上使單體組成物聚合,而只要對 基材表面塗佈即可將其表面改質’故具有可以短時間容易 地製造改質了基材表面之表面改質基材之利點。 〔本發明的第2組〕 本發明的第2組的2液型表面改質劑’如上所述係由 包含具有烧氧以基的聚合物及含有料基的钱偶合劑 的I液;及含有(甲基)丙烯酸單體之u液所組成。 〔I液〕 首先’說明I液。Μ係包含:具有烷氧基矽基的聚 合物及含有硫醇基的矽烷偶合劑。 具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物的較佳例,可舉式(I)所示反 覆單位,至少於一邊末端具有式(11)所示烷氧基矽基之(曱 基)丙烯酸系聚合物: 31 (I)201211072 R1Generally, the temperature at which the A residual substrate brings the dip in the range of 50 to 15 (Tc is preferable. As described above), the surface modifying agent of the present invention can be applied to the surface of the present invention by applying the surface modifying agent of the present invention to the substrate. The (meth)acrylic polymer having the alkoxyfluorenyl group and the modifier is fixed to the substrate. The surface-modified substrate of the present invention is modified by the surface-modified surface on the surface thereof. The (meth)acrylic acid 30 201211072 having an alkoxyfluorenyl group can have properties such as (meth)acrylic acid of the substrate (tetra)oxy #, which can prevent the use of the former The surfactant is lost due to moisture adhesion. b, the substrate of the surface modifier of the present invention is modified, and the base of the (meth)acrylic polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group can be adjusted. The material T is, for example, a desired property such as hydrophilicity, hydrophobicity, lipophilicity, oil repellency, etc. Further, the surface modifier of the present invention does not require the invention described in the above Patent Document 5 to be made on the surface of the substrate. The monomer composition is polymerized, and the surface of the substrate can be modified by coating it on the surface. There is a point that the surface-modified substrate which has been modified to the surface of the substrate can be easily produced in a short time. [Group 2 of the present invention] The two-component surface modifier of the second group of the present invention is as described above. It consists of a liquid I containing a polymer having a base for burning oxygen and a money coupling agent containing a base; and a liquid containing a (meth)acrylic monomer. [I liquid] First, the liquid I is described. A polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group and a decane coupling agent containing a thiol group. A preferred example of the polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group is a repeating unit represented by the formula (I), and has at least one terminal end. (Alkyl)acrylic polymer of the alkoxyfluorenyl group represented by the formula (11): 31 (I) 201211072 R1

I —Ec — c h2 3— c=oI —Ec — c h2 3— c=o

I 0 1 R2 式中’ R1係表示氫原子或甲基,r2係表示親水性基、 疏水性基、陽離子性基或陰離子性基; R: (II) R4-Si-R(I 0 1 R2 wherein 'R1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and r2 represents a hydrophilic group, a hydrophobic group, a cationic group or an anionic group; R: (II) R4-Si-R (

II

Rs 式中,R3、R4及R5,係分別獨立地表示碳數丨〜4之烷 基或碳數Η之烷氧基,R3、R5之至少一個基係碳: 1〜4之烷氧基,R6係表示碳數卜12之亞烷基。 式(I)係表示反覆單位,R1係氫原子或甲基。 R2係親水性基、疏水性基、陽離子性基或陰離子性基。 具有烷氧基矽基之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物,可僅存在親水 性基、疏水性基、陽離子性基、及陰離子性基之中的工種, 亦可存在2種以上。藉由選擇該親水性基疏水性基、陽 離子性基或陰離子性基的種類,整以表面改質劑 基材的性質。例如,腺jfel J* 親水性時’選擇親水性 賦予疏水性時,選擇疏水性基。再者,例如, :擇:水性基與疏水性基時,可將親水性 有炫氧基石夕基之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物。 予具 R2,可舉例如,可具有氨原子、經基或氣原子之碳數 32 201211072 2〜20之燒基、可具有經基或ι原子之碳數62Q芳基、於 -邊末端具有氫原子或碳數Η之烷基亦可具有經基或氟 原子之環氧乙烧基、於-邊末端具有氫原子或碳數卜^之 院基亦可具有經基或氟原子之環氧乙院基之加成莫耳數為 2’之聚環氧乙烷基、於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳數Η 之燒基亦可具有經基或I原子之環氧丙院基、於一邊末端 具有氫原子或碳數Η之烧基亦可具有經基或敦原子之環 氧丙貌基之加成莫耳數為2~2〇之聚環氧丙烧基、式(⑴) 所示之基,或式(IV)所示之基: R£ (III) R7—N—R8—COO' R10 g式。中Hr8係分別獨立地表示碳數w的亞院基 係'分別獨立地表示,氫原子或碳數卜4之烷基;In the formula, R3, R4 and R5 each independently represent an alkyl group having a carbon number of 丨4 or an alkoxy group having a carbon number of ,, and at least one of the base groups of R3 and R5 is an alkoxy group of 1 to 4, R6 represents an alkylene group having a carbon number of 12. Formula (I) represents a repeating unit, and R1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R2 is a hydrophilic group, a hydrophobic group, a cationic group or an anionic group. The (meth)acrylic polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group may be a work of only a hydrophilic group, a hydrophobic group, a cationic group, or an anionic group, or two or more kinds thereof. By selecting the type of the hydrophilic group hydrophobic group, the cation group or the anionic group, the properties of the surface modifier substrate are integrated. For example, when gland jfel J* is hydrophilic, 'selective hydrophilicity', when hydrophobicity is imparted, a hydrophobic group is selected. Further, for example, when an aqueous group or a hydrophobic group is selected, a hydrophilic (meth)acrylic polymer having a oxyxanthene group can be used. The R2 may be, for example, a carbon atom having a carbon atom, a trans group or a gas atom of 32 201211072 2 to 20, a 62Q aryl group having a carbon atom of a meridine or a ι atom, and a hydrogen at the terminal of the - side. The atomic or carbon number of the alkyl group may have an epoxy group having a trans group or a fluorine atom, a hydrogen atom at the end of the side or a carbon number, or an epoxy group having a trans group or a fluorine atom. The base group has a poly(ethylene oxide) group having a molar number of 2' and a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of ruthenium at one end. The alkyl group having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number enthalpy may also have a polyepoxypropyl group having a molar number of 2 to 2 Å, which is represented by the formula ((1)). Base, or a group of formula (IV): R£ (III) R7-N-R8-COO' R10 g formula. The intermediate Hr8 system independently represents the sub-hospital base of the carbon number w', which independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having a carbon number of 4;

R12 Rn-N-R14 -X (IV) 13R12 Rn-N-R14 -X (IV) 13

R 式中,Rn係表示碳數卜4的亞烧基、Rl2及r13係分別 :立地表示氫原子或碳數Η的烧基、r14係有機基、X·係 陰離子’惟本發明並非限定於該例示。於該等之基之 中’由提高塗膜強度的觀點,以式⑴⑽示之基為佳。 7、在於式(III)’ R7及R«分別獨立係碳數卜4 #亞烧基。 亞甲基'亞乙基、正亞丙基或異亞丙基為佳,以亞甲 土或亞乙基更佳。r8以亞甲基或亞乙基為佳。 33 201211072 在於式(IV),R11係、碳數卜4的亞烧基。rii以亞甲基、 亞乙基2 JL亞丙基或異亞丙基為佳以亞曱基或亞乙基更 及R刀別獨立地係氫原子或碳數1〜4的烷基、 係有機基/有機基的具體例,可舉碳數卜22的院基、碳數 6 12的芳基、碳數2~6的羧烷基等惟本發明並非限定於 該例示m離子。χ.之較㈣,可舉碳數卜4之烧基氯 匕物離子烷基之碳數為1〜4之1價之烷基硫酸離子、碳 數6〜8的芳基氣化物離子、烷基之碳數為η之烷基硫酸 函化物離子、_素離子、醋酸離子、棚酸離子、檸樣酸離 子、酒石酸離子、硫酸氫離子、重亞硫酸離子、硫酸離子、 鱗酸離子等’惟本發明並非限定於該例示。在於上述烷基 硫酸鹵化物離子之鹵素原子,可舉氟原子、氯原子、溴原 子及碘原子。在於上述齒素離子之函素原子,可舉氟原子、 氣原子、溴原子及碘原子。χ-之中,以碳數卜4之烷基氯 化物離子、烷基之碳數為丨〜4之丨價烷基硫酸離子及碳數 6〜8的芳基氯化物離子為佳。 具有式(iv)所示之基的單體之具體例,可舉N,N_二甲 基胺基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯之氣甲烷鹽、N,N_二曱基胺基 乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯二甲基硫酸鹽、N,N —二甲基胺基乙基 (甲基)丙稀酸酯二乙基硫酸鹽、N,N-二甲基胺基乙基(甲基) 丙烯酸酯酯之苄基氣鹽、N,N-二甲基胺基丙基(甲基)丙烯 酸酉曰氣甲院鹽、N,N - 一甲基胺基丙基(曱基)丙稀酸醋二甲 基硫酸鹽、N,N-二甲基胺基丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯二乙基硫 酸鹽、N,N-二甲基胺基丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯之苄基氣鹽、 34 201211072 N,N-二乙基胺基乙基(曱基)丙烯酸酯氣甲烷鹽、N,N-二乙 基胺基乙基(曱基)丙烯酸酯二甲基硫酸鹽、N,N-二乙基胺 基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯二乙基硫酸鹽、N,N-二乙基胺基乙 基(甲基)丙烯酸酯之苄基氣、N,N-二乙基胺基丙基(甲基) 丙烯酸酯氯甲烷鹽、N,N-二乙基胺基丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯 二甲基硫酸鹽、N,N-二乙基胺基丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯二乙 基硫酸鹽、N,N-二乙基胺基丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯之苄基氯 鹽等’惟本發明並非限定於該例示。在該等單體之中,由 廉價且可容易取得’以N,N-二曱基胺基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸 醋氯甲烧鹽、N,N-二曱基胺基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯二乙基 硫酸鹽等為佳。 在於R,親水性基,可舉例如,至少具有1個1氫原 子、經基之碳數1~4之烷基、於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳 數1〜4之烷基的碳數1〜20之聚乙二醇基、於一邊末端具有 氫原子或碳數1〜4之烷基之碳數^0之聚丙烯乙二醇基、 式(III)所不之基等,惟本發明並非限定於該例示。於該等 之基中,由提升塗膜強度的觀點,以式(111)所示之基為佳。 在於R2,疏水性基,可舉例如,可具有氟原子之碳數 2~20之烷基、可具有氟原子之碳數6〜2〇之芳基等,惟本 發明並非限定於該例示。在該等基之中,由撥油性的觀點, 以氟原子數為3以上碳數2〜20的烷基及氟原子數為3以上 碳數6~20之基為佳。 在於R2,冑離子性基,可舉例如式(IV)所示之基,惟 本發明並非限定於該例示。 35 201211072 在於R,陰離子性基,可舉例如叛乙烯基苯氧十二燒 基、羧乙醯基胺基乙基等,惟本發明並非限定於該例示。 由對基材表面賦予親水性、撥水性、陽離子性或陰離 子性之觀點,以式(I )表示之反覆單位的數量的下限值以1 以上為佳,以10以上更佳,以式(1)表示之反覆單位的數 量的上限值’以1 000以下為佳,以500以下更佳。 在於式(11)所示之烷氧基矽基,R3、R4及R5分別獨立 地係碳數1〜4之烷基或碳數1〜4的烷氧基,R3、^及R5的 之中至少一個基,係碳數1〜4的烷氧基。R3、R4及R5的之 中的至少一個基,係碳數1〜4的烷氧基,係為將表面改質 劑藉由化學鍵結固定於基材。因此,R3、R4及R5之中,至 少一個基以碳數卜4的烷氧基為佳,R3、^及R5之中,至 少兩個基以碳數卜4的烷氧基更佳,R3、& 進一步全 以碳數1〜4的烷氧基為佳。於碳數1〜4之烷基之中,以曱 基及乙基為佳’以曱基更佳。於碳數卜4的烷氧基之中, 以甲氧基及乙氧基為佳,以甲氧基更佳。 以式(II)所示之烷氧基矽基’ R6係碳數丨〜12的亞烷 基。R6之中,以碳數卜6的亞烷基為佳,以碳數2~6的亞 烧基更佳。 於式(II)所示之烷氧基矽基,雖係於至少於一邊末端 存在(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物’由充分顯現(甲基)丙烯酸系 聚合物所具有的性質之觀點’以僅存在於(甲基)丙烯酸系 聚合物的一邊末端為佳。式(II)所示之烷氧基矽基,僅存 在於(曱基)丙烯酸系聚合物的一邊末端時,由充分顯現(曱 201211072 基)丙烯酸系聚合物所具有的性質之觀點,於其另一末端存 在例如羥基、碳數1〜4的烷氧基、聚合起始劑之殘基等的 基為佳。 式(I)所示反覆有單位式(I)所示反覆單位,至少於一 邊末端具有式(II)所示烷氧基矽基之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合 物’係例如藉由於式(VII)所示之含有烷氧基矽基之化合物 的存在下’將式(VIII)所示之(曱基)丙烯酸系單體聚合而 調製: R3 (VII) R4—Si —r6—shIn the formula, Rn represents a pyridyl group of carbon number 4, and R12 and r13 are each a group of a hydrogen atom or a carbon number 烧 group, an r14 type organic group, and an X. anion. This example. Among these, the base of the formula (1) (10) is preferred from the viewpoint of enhancing the strength of the coating film. 7. The formula (III)' R7 and R« are independently carbon number 4 # 亚烧基. The methylene group is preferably an ethylene group, an n-propylene group or an isopropylidene group, and more preferably a methylene or ethylene group. R8 is preferably a methylene group or an ethylene group. 33 201211072 lies in the sub-alkyl group of formula (IV), R11, carbon number. Rii is a methylene group, an ethylene 2 JL propylene group or an isopropylidene group, preferably a fluorenylene group or an ethylene group, and an R group is independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 4. Specific examples of the organic group/organic group include a group of carbon number 22, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and a carboxyalkyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. The present invention is not limited to the exemplary m ions. (4), the alkyl sulfonate ion having a carbon number of 1 to 4, an aryl vapor ion having a carbon number of 6 to 8, an alkane The carbon number of the base is η alkyl sulfate functional ion, _ 素 ion, acetic acid ion, shed acid ion, lemon acid ion, tartaric acid ion, hydrogen sulfate ion, bisulfite ion, sulfate ion, sulphate ion, etc. However, the invention is not limited to the examples. The halogen atom of the above alkylsulfate halide ion may, for example, be a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom. The atomic element of the dentate ion may be a fluorine atom, a gas atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom. Among the oxime, the alkyl chloride ion of the carbon number 4, the carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl sulfonate ion of 丨 4 and an aryl chloride ion having a carbon number of 6 to 8. Specific examples of the monomer having a group represented by the formula (iv) include a gas methane salt of N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, and N,N-didecylamino group B. Base (meth) acrylate dimethyl sulfate, N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate diethyl sulfate, N,N-dimethylaminoethyl ( Benzyl methoxide of methyl acrylate, N,N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate, gas, salt, N,N-monomethylaminopropyl (fluorenyl) Acetate dimethyl sulfate, N,N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate diethyl sulfate, N,N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate Benzyl gas salt, 34 201211072 N,N-diethylaminoethyl (mercapto) acrylate gas methane salt, N,N-diethylaminoethyl (mercapto) acrylate dimethyl sulfate Salt, N,N-diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate diethyl sulfate, N, N-diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate benzyl, N, N -diethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate methyl chloride salt, N, N- Ethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate dimethyl sulfate, N, N-diethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate diethyl sulfate, N, N-diethylamino Benzyl chloride salt of propyl (meth) acrylate, etc. 'But the invention is not limited to this exemplification. Among these monomers, N,N-didecylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate chloroformate, N,N-didecylaminoethyl (e.g., inexpensive and readily available) Methyl acrylate diethyl sulfate or the like is preferred. In the case of R, the hydrophilic group may, for example, have a carbon number of at least one hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in the group, and an alkyl group having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 4 at one end. a polyethylene glycol group of ~20, a polypropylene glycol group having a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms at one end, a base of the formula (III), etc., but the present invention It is not limited to this illustration. Among these, the base represented by the formula (111) is preferred from the viewpoint of enhancing the strength of the coating film. In the case of R2, the hydrophobic group may, for example, be an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms of a fluorine atom, an aryl group having 6 to 2 carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom, and the like, but the invention is not limited to the examples. Among these groups, from the viewpoint of oil repellency, an alkyl group having 3 or more carbon atoms and 2 to 20 carbon atoms and a group having 3 or more carbon atoms and 6 to 20 carbon atoms are preferred. In the case of R2, the oxime ion group may, for example, be a group represented by the formula (IV), but the invention is not limited to the examples. 35 201211072 In the case of R, an anionic group may, for example, be a vinylidene phenoxy dodecyl group or a carboxyethylaminoethyl group, but the invention is not limited to the examples. From the viewpoint of imparting hydrophilicity, water repellency, cationicity or anionic property to the surface of the substrate, the lower limit of the number of the reversing units represented by the formula (I) is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 10 or more, and the formula ( 1) The upper limit value of the number of the repeated units indicated is preferably 1 000 or less, and more preferably 500 or less. In the alkoxyfluorenyl group represented by the formula (11), R3, R4 and R5 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, among R3, R and R5. At least one group is an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. At least one of R3, R4 and R5 is an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, which is obtained by chemically bonding a surface modifying agent to a substrate. Therefore, at least one of R3, R4 and R5 is preferably an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 4, and at least two of R3, R and R5 are more preferably an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 4, R3 Further, all of the alkoxy groups having a carbon number of 1 to 4 are preferred. Among the alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, the mercapto group and the ethyl group are preferred, and the mercapto group is more preferable. Among the alkoxy groups of carbon number 4, a methoxy group and an ethoxy group are preferred, and a methoxy group is more preferred. The alkoxyfluorenyl group R6 represented by the formula (II) is an alkylene group having a carbon number of 丨12. Among R6, an alkylene group having a carbon number of 6 is preferred, and a sub-alkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 6 is more preferred. The alkoxyfluorenyl group represented by the formula (II) is based on the fact that the (meth)acrylic polymer is present at least at one end, from the viewpoint of sufficiently exhibiting the properties of the (meth)acrylic polymer. It is preferably only present at one end of the (meth)acrylic polymer. When the alkoxyfluorenyl group represented by the formula (II) is present only at one end of the (fluorenyl)acrylic polymer, the viewpoint of the properties of the acrylic polymer (Fig. 201211072) is sufficiently exhibited. The other end is preferably a group such as a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a residue of a polymerization initiator. The (meth)acrylic polymer represented by the formula (I) is represented by the formula (I), and the (meth)acrylic polymer having the alkoxyfluorenyl group represented by the formula (II) at least at one end is, for example, In the presence of a compound containing an alkoxyfluorenyl group as shown in VII), a (mercapto)acrylic monomer represented by the formula (VIII) is polymerized to prepare: R3 (VII) R4—Si—r6—sh

Rs 式中R3、R4 ' R5及R6與上述相同; C H2= C H — C — O — R2 (VIII)Rs where R3, R4' R5 and R6 are the same as above; C H2 = C H — C — O — R2 (VIII)

丨,II R1 〇 式中R1及R2與上述相同。 式(VII)所示之含有烷氧基矽基之化合物,可舉例如 1瓜丙基3 一曱氧基石夕烧、1-硫丙基_3 -三乙氧基碎烧、 1-硫丙基-3-三異丙氧基矽烷、卜硫丙基-3_甲基二甲氧基 矽烷、卜硫丙基-3-甲基二乙氧基矽烷、卜硫丙基_3_甲基 二丙氧基石夕烧等’惟本發明並非限定於該例示。該等含有 炫•氧基石夕基之化合物’可分別單獨使用,亦可並用2種以 上.。 式(VII)所示之含有烷氧基矽基之化合物的量並無特 別限定’通常係對供於聚合之單體全量1 00重量部,以 37 201211072 0.01〜10重量部程度為佳。 以式(VIII)表示之(曱基)丙烯酸系單體,可舉例如 N-(曱基)丙烯醯氧乙基_N,N_二甲基銨—α _N_甲基羧基甜 菜鹼、N-(甲基)丙烯醯胺基乙*_NN_二甲基銨_〇_卜曱基 羧基甜菜鹼、曱氧基三乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2, 2_三 氟乙基甲基丙烯酸酯等,惟本發明並非限定於該例示。該 等(甲基)丙烯酸系單體,可分別單獨使用,亦可並用2種 以上。再者,N-甲基丙烯醯氧乙基-N,N一二甲基銨_N_ 甲基羧基甜菜鹼,可以例如特開平9_95474號公報、特開 平9-95586號公報、特開平n_22247〇號公報等所述的方 法,容易地以高純度調製。 再者’只要在不阻礙本發明之目的之範圍,亦可將式 (VI11)所示之(曱基)丙烯酸系單體與其他的聚合性單體並 用 其他的聚合性單體,可舉例如苯乙烯、α-羥基苯乙 稀、對經基笨乙烯、(甲基)丙烯酸曱酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲 氧基乙醋 '(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基丁酯、Ν—曱基(曱基)丙烯 酿胺、Ν-乙基(曱基)丙烯醯胺、Ν-丙基(曱基)丙烯醯胺、 Ν-異丙基(曱基)丙烯醯胺、Ν-甲基(曱基)丙烯醯胺、Ν-第 三丁基(曱基)丙烯醯胺、Ν-辛基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、Ν,Ν-二 曱基(曱基)丙烯醯胺、Ν,Ν-二乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、(甲基) 丙烯醯嗎啉、雙丙酮丙烯醯胺、衣康酸甲酯、衣康酸乙酯、 醋酸乙稀g旨、丙酸乙稀醋、Ν -乙稀。比哈烧酮、Ν -乙稀己内 酿胺等’惟本發明並非限定於該例示。該等其他的聚合性 38 201211072 單體,可分別單獨使用 亦可並用2種以上。 於式(VII)所示之含有烷氧基矽基之化合物的存在 下,使式(VIII)所不之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體聚合時,使用 聚合起始劑為佳。 聚合起始劑,只要與本發明的第1組所使用者相同即 可。通常對供於式(VIII)所示之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體之聚 合之單體全量100重量部,以0.01〜5重量部程度為佳。 使式(VIII)所示之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體聚合之方法, 可舉例如,溶液聚合法等,惟本發明並非限定於該例示。 使式(VIII)所不之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體,以溶液聚合法聚 合時,例如可將式(νίπ)所示(曱基)丙烯酸系單體溶解於 溶劑,藉由邊攪拌所得溶液邊添加聚合起始劑,使之聚合。 溶劑,只要與本發明的第丨組所使用者相同即可。通 常將包含式(VIII)所示(甲基)丙烯酸系單體而供於聚合之 藉由將單體溶解於溶劑之溶液之單體濃度調整為1010重 量%之程度為佳。 使式(VIII)所示(曱基)丙烯酸系單體聚合時之聚合溫 度、聚合時間等的聚合條件,按照其單體之種類及其使用 量、聚合起始劑之種類及其使用量等適宜調整為佳。 使式(VIII)所示(甲基)丙烯酸系單體聚合時的氣氛, 以惰性氣體為佳。惰性氣體,可舉例如氮氣、氬氣等,惟 本發明並非限定於該例示。 聚合反應的終了及反應系内有無未反應單體,例如, 可藉由氣相層析法等的一般分析方法確認。 39 201211072 藉由如上使式(VIII)所示(甲基)丙烯酸系單體與按照 需要使用之其他單體聚合,可得具有烷氧基矽基之聚合物 。再者,具有烷氧基矽基之聚合物的黏度平均分子量,可 藉由例如,烏伯樓德黏度計等測定。’ 具有烷氧基矽基之聚合物的黏度平均分子量,由充分 顯現表面改質之效果之觀點,以100以上為佳以500以 上更佳,由提咼具有烷氧基矽基之聚合物的溶解性的觀 點,以1 0 0 0 0 0以下為佳,以5 〇 〇 〇 〇以下更佳。 用於本發明之I液,係包含具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物 及含有硫醇基之矽烷偶合劑。 具有硫醇基的矽烷偶合劑’可舉例如,以式(Vb)表示 之含有烷氧基矽基之化合物:丨, II R1 〇 where R1 and R2 are the same as above. The alkoxyfluorenyl group-containing compound represented by the formula (VII) may, for example, be a guanidinyl group, a decyloxy group, a 1-thiopropyl-3-(3-ethoxy) calcined product, or a 1-thiopropyl group. 3--3-isopropoxydecane, thiopropyl-3-methyldimethoxydecane, thiopropyl-3-methyldiethoxydecane, thiopropyl-3-methyl Dipropoxylate, etc. 'But the invention is not limited to this illustration. These compounds containing a thioxanthene group may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The amount of the alkoxyfluorenyl group-containing compound represented by the formula (VII) is not particularly limited. Usually, the total amount of the monomer to be polymerized is 100 parts by weight, and preferably 37 201211072 0.01 to 10 parts by weight. The (fluorenyl) acrylic monomer represented by the formula (VIII) may, for example, be N-(indenyl)acryloyloxyethyl_N,N-dimethylammonium-α_N_methylcarboxybetaine, N -(Meth)acryloylamino-ethyl*_NN_dimethylammonium_〇_didecylcarboxybetaine, decyloxytriethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl A acrylate or the like, but the invention is not limited to the exemplification. These (meth)acrylic monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Further, N-methyl propylene oxiranyl-N,N-dimethylammonium _N_methylcarboxybetaine can be, for example, JP-A-9-95474, JP-A-9-95586, and JP-A-N-22247 The method described in the publication or the like is easily prepared in high purity. In addition, as long as the object of the present invention is not inhibited, the (mercapto)acrylic monomer represented by the formula (VI11) may be used in combination with another polymerizable monomer, for example, as another polymerizable monomer. Styrene, α-hydroxystyrene, p-benzoic ethylene, decyl (meth)acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate methoxybutyl (meth)acrylate, fluorene-fluorenyl (fluorenyl) acrylamide, hydrazine-ethyl (fluorenyl) acrylamide, hydrazine-propyl (decyl) acrylamide, hydrazine-isopropyl (decyl) acrylamide, hydrazine-methyl ( Indenyl amide, hydrazine-tert-butyl (fluorenyl) acrylamide, fluorenyl-octyl (meth) acrylamide, hydrazine, fluorenyl-diyl (mercapto) acrylamide, hydrazine, Ν-Diethyl (meth) acrylamide, (meth) propylene morpholine, diacetone acrylamide, methyl itaconate, ethyl itaconate, ethyl acetate, ethyl propionate Vinegar, bismuth - ethylene. Bihafenone, oxime-ethylhexene, etc. The invention is not limited to this example. These other polymerizabilities 38 201211072 monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When a (meth)acrylic monomer which is not a compound of the formula (VIII) is polymerized in the presence of a compound containing an alkoxyfluorenyl group represented by the formula (VII), a polymerization initiator is preferably used. The polymerization initiator may be the same as the user of the first group of the present invention. Usually, the total amount of the monomer to be polymerized by the (meth)acrylic monomer represented by the formula (VIII) is 100 parts by weight, preferably 0.01 to 5 parts by weight. The method of polymerizing the (meth)acrylic monomer represented by the formula (VIII) may, for example, be a solution polymerization method, but the invention is not limited to the examples. When the (meth)acrylic monomer of the formula (VIII) is polymerized by a solution polymerization method, for example, a (mercapto)acrylic monomer represented by the formula (νίπ) can be dissolved in a solvent, and stirred by stirring. A polymerization initiator is added to the solution to polymerize it. The solvent may be the same as that of the user of the third group of the present invention. It is preferable to adjust the monomer concentration of the solution in which the monomer is dissolved in the solvent to 1010% by weight, usually by containing the (meth)acrylic monomer represented by the formula (VIII). The polymerization conditions such as the polymerization temperature and the polymerization time in the polymerization of the (fluorenyl)acrylic monomer represented by the formula (VIII), the type of the monomer, the amount thereof, the type of the polymerization initiator, and the amount thereof to be used, etc. Suitable adjustment is better. The atmosphere at the time of polymerizing the (meth)acrylic monomer represented by the formula (VIII) is preferably an inert gas. The inert gas may, for example, be nitrogen gas, argon gas or the like, but the invention is not limited to the examples. The end of the polymerization reaction and the presence or absence of unreacted monomers in the reaction system can be confirmed, for example, by a general analytical method such as gas chromatography. 39 201211072 A polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group can be obtained by polymerizing a (meth)acrylic monomer represented by the formula (VIII) with another monomer as required. Further, the viscosity average molecular weight of the polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group can be measured by, for example, a Ubbelde viscometer or the like. The viscosity average molecular weight of the polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 500 or more, from the viewpoint of sufficiently exhibiting the effect of surface modification, and is improved by a polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group. The viewpoint of solubility is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 5 Å or less. The liquid I used in the present invention comprises a polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group and a decane coupling agent containing a thiol group. The decane coupling agent having a thiol group' may, for example, be a compound containing an alkoxyfluorenyl group represented by the formula (Vb):

R16 R16-Si-Rl8~SH R17 (VIb) 式中,R15、R16及Rn係分別獨立地表示碳數的烷 基或碳數卜4的烷氧基,R15、^6及R"之中至少一個基係 碳數1〜4的烷氧基,R18係表示碳數1〜12之亞院基;惟本 發明並非限定於該例示。 在於式(Vb)所示之含有烷氧基矽基之化合物,RU、Rle 及R17分別獨立地係碳數1 ~4之烷基或碳數1〜4的烷氧基, R 、R及R之中至少一個基係碳數1~4的燒氧基。尺15、 R16及R”之中至少一個基為碳數1〜4的烷氧基,係為藉由 化學鍵結固定表面改質劑。因此,Ri5、及r”之中至少 40 201211072 一個基以碳數Η的燒氧基為佳,r15、r16&r、中至少2 個基以碳數Η的燒氧基更佳,進_步r15、r】6及F全以 碳數卜4的炫氧基更佳。在於碳數Η之烧基之中,以甲 基及乙基為佳’以甲基更佳。在於碳數卜4之炫氧基之中, 以甲氧基及乙氧基為佳,以甲氧基更佳。r18係碳數 的亞炫基。在於π之中’以碳數卜8之残基為佳,以碳 數卜6之亞烧基更佳,進__步以碳數2〜6之亞院基更佳。 I液係可容易地藉由混合具有院氧基梦基的聚合物及 含有硫醇基的石夕院偶合劑而調製。 調製I液時,按照需要,可使用溶劑。溶劑,可舉甲 醇、乙醇、異丙醇、乙二醇、丙二醇等的醇;丙網、甲基 乙基酮等的酮;乙醚、四羥呋喃等的醚;苯、甲笨、二甲 苯等的芳香烴化合物;iL己烷等脂肪烴化合物;環己烷等 脂環烴化合物;醋酸甲酯、醋酸乙酯等醋酸酯等,惟本發 明並非限定於該例示。該等溶劑,可分別單獨使用,亦可 並用2種以上◊溶劑的量並無特別限定,通常對具有烷氧 基矽基的聚合物及硫醇基的矽烷偶合劑的合計量1〇〇重量 部,以300〜1 000重量部為佳,更佳的是以5〇〇 9〇〇重量部 程度即可。 在於I液,具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物與含有硫醇基的 矽烧偶合劑,並無特別限定。將I液塗佈於基材時,具有 烷氧基矽基的聚合物及具有硫醇基的矽烷偶合劑均固定於 基材。該等之中’具有硫醇基石夕炫偶合劑’將與含於液II 之(甲基)丙烯酸單體鍵結。因此,考慮該(曱基)丙烯酸單 41 201211072 體所具有的性質及具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物所具有的性質 的平衡,適宜調整具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物與具有硫醇基 的矽烷偶合劑的比例為佳。例如,使具有烷氧基矽基的聚 合物所具有的性質較強地顯現時,具有烷氧基矽基的聚合 物與具有硫醇基的矽烷偶合劑的莫耳比(具有烷氧基梦基 的聚合物/具有硫醇基的矽烷偶合劑)以6/4以上為佳,以 7/是3以上更佳’使含於π液之(曱基)丙烯酸單體所具有 的性質較強地顯現時’具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物與具有硫 醇基的矽烷偶合劑的莫耳比(具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物/具 有硫醇基的矽烷偶合劑)以4/6以下為佳,以3/7以下更 佳。另外,使具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物的性質與含於n液 之(甲基)丙烯酸單體所具有的性質顯現同程度時,使具有 烧氧基矽基的聚合物與具有硫醇基的矽烷偶合劑的莫耳 (具有烧氧基碎基的聚合物/具有硫醇基的石夕燒偶合劑)以 3/7〜7/3為佳,以4/6〜6/4更佳。 〔Π液〕 其次,說明II液》II液含有(曱基)丙烯酸單體。 (曱基)丙烯酸單體,可舉例如式(Vb)所示之(曱基)丙 烯酸單體: (Vb) CH^C-C-O-R20 I II R19 Ο 式中’ R19係表示氫原子或甲基、R2。係表示親水性基、 疏水基、陽離子性基或陰離子性基,惟本發明並非限定 於該例示》該丙烯酸單體,可以丨種使用,亦可並用2種 42 ⑧ 201211072 以上。 在於式(Vb),R19係氫原子或甲基。 R2°係親水性基、疏水性基、陽離子性基或陰離子性基。 具有燒氧基梦基之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物,可僅存在親水 性基、疏水性基、陽離子性基、及陰離子性基之中的丨種, 亦可存在2種以上。藉由選擇該親水性基、疏水性基 '陽 離子性基或陰料性基的種類,可調整以表面㈣劑賦予 基材的性質。例如,將對基材賦予親水性時,選擇親水性 基、對基材賦予疏水性時,選擇疏水性基。此外,例如, 選擇親水性基與疏水性基時,可將親水性與疏水性賦予具 有烷氧基矽基之(子基)丙烯酸系聚合物。再者,並用 為親水性基之丙烯酸單體與R2。為疏水性基之丙浠酸單體 時發明的表面改f劑’亦可賦予親水性與疏水性。 R2。可舉例如’可具有氫原子' 羥基或說原子之碳數 2〜20之烷基、可具有羥基或氟原子之碳數6〜20芳基、於 -邊末端具有氫原子或碳數Η之烷基亦可具有經基或氟 原子之環氧乙院基'於-邊末端具有氣原子或碳數Η之 烷基亦可具有羥基或氟原子之環氧乙烷基之加成莫耳數為 2〜2〇之聚環氧乙院基、於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳數卜4 之烷基亦可具有羥基或氟原子之環氧丙烷基、於一邊末端 具有氫原子或碳數卜4之烷基亦可具有羥基或氟原子之環 氧丙燒基之加成莫耳數》2〜2〇之聚環氧㈣基、上述式 ⑴1)所示之基、上述式UV)所示之基等,惟本發明並非: 43 Ε; 201211072 在於R20,親水性基,可舉例如至 子、羥基之碳數1〜4之烷基、於— 有 固虱原 进末知具有氫原子或 數卜4之烷基的碳數卜2。之聚乙二醇基、於一邊末端 氫原子或碳數卜4之烷基之碳數!,之聚丙烯乙二醇基、 式(III)所示之基等,惟本發明並非限定於該例示。於該等 之基中’由提升塗膜強度的觀點,以式⑴以 : 在於R'疏水性基,可舉例如,可具有氣原子之:數 2〜20之烧基、可具有說原子之碳數6〜2()之芳基等惟本 發明並非限定於該例示。在該等基之中,由撥油性的觀點, 以氟原子數為3以上碳數2〜2〇的烷基及氟原子數為3以上 碳數6〜20之基為佳。 在於R,陽離子性基,可舉例如式(IV)所示之基,惟 本發明並非限定於該例示。 在於R2°,陰離子性基,可舉例如m乙稀基苯氧十二燒 基、叛乙酿基胺基乙基等,惟本發明並非限定於該例示。 II液,可僅以(曱基)丙烯酸單體構成,亦可按照需要, 包含觸媒。 觸媒,可舉例如三乙胺、三丁胺、三戊胺、N,N_二甲 基苯胺、N’N-二乙基苯胺、吡啶、喹啉等,惟本發明並非 限定於該例示。於該等觸媒中,自具有高沸點,可提升工 作性,以三乙基胺為佳。 觸媒的量並無特別限定,由提升反應速度的觀點,對 (曱基)丙烯酸單體100重量部,以卜1〇重量部程度為佳。 再者’只要在不阻礙本發明之目的之範圍,亦可將(甲 201211072 基)丙浠酸單體與其他的聚合性單體並用。 其他的聚合性單體,可舉例如苯乙烯、〇:-羥基苯乙 烯、對羥基苯乙烯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸曱 氧基乙酯、(曱基)丙烯酸甲氧基丁酯、N-甲基(甲基)丙烯 酿胺、N-乙基(曱基)丙烯醯胺、N-丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、 N-異丙基(曱基)丙烯醯胺、N_曱基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N—第 三丁基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-辛基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二 甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、(甲基) 丙稀酿嗎啉、雙丙酮丙烯醯胺、衣康酸曱酯、衣康酸乙酯、 醋酸乙烯酯、丙酸乙烯酯、N_乙烯吡咯烷酮、N—乙烯己内 酿胺等’惟本發明並非限定於該例示。該等其他的聚合性 單體’可分別單獨使用,亦可並用2種以上。 此外’調製11液時,可按照需要,使用溶劑。溶劑, 可舉例如曱醇、乙醇、異丙醇、乙二醇、丙二醇等的醇; 丙嗣、甲基乙基酮等的酮;乙醚、四氫呋喃等的醚;苯、 甲笨' 二甲苯等的芳香烴化合物;正己烷等的脂肪烴化合 嚷,己院等脂環烴化合物;醋酸甲酯、醋酸乙酯等的醋 酸酉曰等’惟本發明並非限定於該例示。該等溶劑,可分別 單獨使用’亦可並用2種以上。溶劑的量並無特別限定, 通常對(甲基)丙烯酸單體1〇〇重量部,以3〇〜2〇〇重量部為 佳’以5 0〜1 〇 〇重量部程度更佳。 〔2液型表面改質劑〕 本發明的2液型表面改質劑,係以如上調製之I液與 11液所構成’組合I液與11液者。 45 201211072 I液與II液的比例,係含於丨液之具有硫醇基之矽烷 偶合劑與含於II液之(甲基)丙稀酸單體反應,理論上兩者 係化學計量,但並非必須為化學計量,通常將含於丨液之 具有硫醇基之矽烷偶合劑與含於π液之(甲基)丙烯酸單 體之莫耳比〔含於I液之具有硫醇基之矽烷偶合劑/含於 II液之(甲基)丙烯酸單體〕調整為4/6〜6/4即可。 本發明的2液型表面改質劑,係例如,於基材塗佈J 液之後塗佈II液,藉由使具有硫醇基之矽院偶合劑與含 於II液之(曱基)丙烯酸單體反應,將基材表面改質。 以下’說明制本發明《2液型表面改f劑製造表面 改質之基材之方法。 〔表面改質基材之製造方法〕 於本發明之表面改質之基材之製造方法,使用上述2 液型表面改質劑。本發明的表面改質之基材之製造方法, 其特徵係於基材塗佈具有燒氧基石夕基的聚合物及含有硫醇 基的矽烷偶合劑的j液之後,於塗佈有該】液之基材表面, 塗佈含有(甲基)丙烯酸單體之11液,使存在於基材表面之 具有硫醇基之矽烷偶合劑與(甲基)丙烯酸單體反應徵。 作為基材,將具有烷氧基矽基之聚合物及具有硫醇基 之夕烷偶合劑化學性固定於基材的觀點’彳良好地使用於 其表面上存在羥基之基材。 基材之材質,只要與本發明的第丨組所使用者相同即 可3於2液型表面改質劑之具有烷氧基矽基之聚合物及 八有硫醇基的矽烷偶合劑,對表面上存在羥基的基材,可 ⑧ 201211072R16 R16-Si-Rl8~SH R17 (VIb) wherein R15, R16 and Rn each independently represent an alkyl group having a carbon number or an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 4, and at least R15, ^6 and R" One base is an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R18 is a sub-group having a carbon number of 1 to 12; however, the invention is not limited to the examples. In the alkoxyfluorenyl group-containing compound represented by the formula (Vb), RU, Rle and R17 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, R, R and R. At least one of the bases is an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. At least one of the bases 15, R16 and R" is an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 4, which is a surface modifying agent fixed by chemical bonding. Therefore, at least 40 of the Ri5 and r" 201211072 The alkoxy group is preferably alkoxy, and at least two of r15, r16&r, and the carbon number of the group are more preferably alkoxy groups, and the steps are r15, r6, and F are all carbon numbers. The oxy group is better. Among the alkyl groups of the carbon number, the methyl group and the ethyl group are preferred, and the methyl group is more preferable. Among the methoxy groups of the carbon number 4, a methoxy group and an ethoxy group are preferred, and a methoxy group is more preferred. R18 is a sub-shallow group of carbon number. In the case of π, the residue of carbon number 8 is preferred, and the sub-base of carbon number 6 is more preferable, and the sub-base of carbon number 2 to 6 is better. The I liquid system can be easily prepared by mixing a polymer having a oxyl group and a thiol group containing a thiol group. When preparing the I solution, a solvent can be used as needed. Examples of the solvent include alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, ethylene glycol, and propylene glycol; ketones such as methyl net and methyl ethyl ketone; ethers such as diethyl ether and tetrahydrofuran; and benzene, methyl bromide, xylene, and the like. The aromatic hydrocarbon compound; an aliphatic hydrocarbon compound such as iL hexane; an alicyclic hydrocarbon compound such as cyclohexane; an acetate such as methyl acetate or ethyl acetate; but the present invention is not limited to the exemplification. These solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds of hydrazine solvents, and the total amount of the alkoxy fluorenyl group-containing polymer and the thiol group decane coupling agent is usually 1 〇〇 by weight. For the part, it is preferably 300 to 1 000 parts by weight, and more preferably 5 to 9 parts by weight. The I liquid, the alkoxyfluorenyl group-containing polymer and the thiol group-containing oxime coupling agent are not particularly limited. When the liquid I is applied to the substrate, both the polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group and the decane coupling agent having a thiol group are fixed to the substrate. Among these, the "having a thiol spur coupling agent" will bond with the (meth)acrylic monomer contained in the liquid II. Therefore, considering the properties of the (mercapto)acrylic monoester 41 201211072 and the balance of the properties of the alkoxyfluorenyl-containing polymer, it is suitable to adjust the polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group and having a thiol group. The proportion of the decane coupling agent is preferably. For example, when the properties of a polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group are strongly exhibited, the molar ratio of a polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group to a decane coupling agent having a thiol group (having an alkoxy group dream) The polymer of the base / the decane coupling agent having a thiol group) is preferably 6/4 or more, and more preferably 7/ is 3 or more. The properties of the (fluorenyl) acrylic monomer contained in the π liquid are strong. Mohs ratio of a polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group to a decane coupling agent having a thiol group (a polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group or a decane coupling agent having a thiol group) at 4/6 The following is better, preferably 3/7 or less. Further, when the properties of the polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group are exhibited to the same extent as those of the (meth)acrylic acid monomer contained in the n-liquid, the polymer having an alkoxy group and a thiol group are obtained. The molar of the decane coupling agent of the base (the polymer having an alkoxy group or the sulphur group having a thiol group) is preferably 3/7 to 7/3, and more preferably 4/6 to 6/4. good. [Sputum] Next, it is explained that the II liquid "II liquid contains a (fluorenyl) acrylic monomer. The (fluorenyl) acrylic monomer may, for example, be a (fluorenyl)acrylic monomer represented by the formula (Vb): (Vb) CH^CCO-R20 I II R19 式 where R19 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R2. The hydrophilic group, the hydrophobic group, the cationic group or the anionic group is used. However, the present invention is not limited to the above-mentioned acrylic monomer, and it may be used in combination, or two kinds of 42 8 201211072 or more may be used in combination. In the formula (Vb), R19 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R2° is a hydrophilic group, a hydrophobic group, a cationic group or an anionic group. The (meth)acrylic polymer having a oxyalkyloxy group may have only one type of a hydrophilic group, a hydrophobic group, a cationic group, or an anionic group, or two or more kinds thereof. The nature imparted to the substrate by the surface (four) agent can be adjusted by selecting the type of the hydrophilic group, the hydrophobic group 'cationic group or the astringent group. For example, when hydrophilicity is imparted to the substrate, when a hydrophilic group is selected and hydrophobicity is imparted to the substrate, a hydrophobic group is selected. Further, for example, when a hydrophilic group and a hydrophobic group are selected, hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity can be imparted to the (sub-group) acrylic polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group. Further, a hydrophilic group of acrylic monomer and R2 are used in combination. The surface-modified agent of the present invention which is a hydrophobic group can also impart hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity. R2. For example, an alkyl group having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 2 to 20 atoms, a carbon number of 6 to 20 aryl groups having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom, and a hydrogen atom or a carbon number at the terminal end may be mentioned. The alkyl group may also have an alkyl group having a gas atom or a carbon number at the end of the epoxy group of the epoxy group, or an addition mole number of the oxiran group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom. The epoxy group having 2 to 2 Å, having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 4 at one end may have an oxypropylene group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom, and having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number at one end. The alkyl group of 4 may have a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom, and the addition molar number of the propylene group is 2 to 2 Å. The epoxy group (4) group, the group represented by the above formula (1) 1), and the formula (UV) The basis of the invention, but the invention is not: 43 Ε; 201211072 lies in R20, a hydrophilic group, for example, an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 4 to a hydroxy group, or a hydrazine having a hydrogen atom or The carbon number of the alkyl group of the number 4 is 2. a polyethylene glycol group, a terminal hydrogen atom or a carbon number of a carbon number of 4, a polypropylene glycol group, a group represented by the formula (III), etc., but the invention is not limited thereto. Illustrative. From the viewpoint of improving the strength of the coating film, the formula (1) is based on the R' hydrophobic group, and may, for example, have a gas atom: a number of 2 to 20, and may have an atomic group. The aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 2 () is not limited to this example. Among these groups, from the viewpoint of oil repellency, an alkyl group having a fluorine atom number of 3 or more and a carbon number of 2 to 2 Å and a group having a fluorine atom number of 3 or more and a carbon number of 6 to 20 are preferable. In the case of R, the cationic group may, for example, be a group represented by the formula (IV), but the invention is not limited to the examples. In the case of R2°, the anionic group may, for example, be an methylene phenoxy oxime group or a thioglycosylamino group, but the invention is not limited to the exemplification. The liquid II may be composed only of a (mercapto)acrylic monomer, and may contain a catalyst as needed. The catalyst may, for example, be triethylamine, tributylamine, triamylamine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N'N-diethylaniline, pyridine or quinoline, but the invention is not limited to the illustration. . Among these catalysts, since it has a high boiling point, workability is improved, and triethylamine is preferred. The amount of the catalyst is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of increasing the reaction rate, it is preferred that the weight of the (meth)acrylic monomer is 100 parts by weight. Further, the (A 201211072-based) propionate monomer may be used in combination with another polymerizable monomer as long as it does not inhibit the object of the present invention. Other polymerizable monomers include, for example, styrene, fluorene-hydroxystyrene, p-hydroxystyrene, methyl (meth)acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylic acid. Oxybutyl butyl ester, N-methyl (meth) acrylamide, N-ethyl (fluorenyl) acrylamide, N-propyl (meth) acrylamide, N-isopropyl (fluorenyl) Acrylamide, N_mercapto (meth) acrylamide, N-t-butyl (meth) acrylamide, N-octyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-dimethyl ( Methyl) acrylamide, N,N-diethyl(meth)acrylamide, (meth) propylene morpholine, diacetone acrylamide, itaconate, ethyl itaconate, Vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, N_vinylpyrrolidone, N-ethylene caprolactam, etc. 'But the present invention is not limited to this example. These other polymerizable monomers ' may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Further, when the 11 liquid is prepared, a solvent can be used as needed. Examples of the solvent include alcohols such as decyl alcohol, ethanol, isopropanol, ethylene glycol, and propylene glycol; ketones such as propyl hydrazine and methyl ethyl ketone; ethers such as diethyl ether and tetrahydrofuran; and benzene, methyl strepethion, xylene, and the like. An aromatic hydrocarbon compound; an aliphatic hydrocarbon compound such as n-hexane; an alicyclic hydrocarbon compound such as a hexazone; a hydrazine acetate such as methyl acetate or ethyl acetate; and the present invention is not limited to the examples. These solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. The amount of the solvent is not particularly limited. Usually, the weight of the (meth)acrylic monomer is preferably from 3 to 2 parts by weight, and more preferably from 50 to 1 part by weight. [2-Liquid Surface Modifier] The two-component surface modifier of the present invention is composed of the I liquid and the 11 liquid prepared as described above, and the combination of the liquid I and the liquid 11 is used. 45 201211072 The ratio of liquid I to liquid II is the reaction of a thiol coupling agent containing a thiol group in a sputum with a (meth)acrylic acid monomer contained in liquid II. In theory, both are stoichiometric, but It is not necessary to be stoichiometric, and the molar ratio of the decane coupling agent having a thiol group contained in the sputum to the (meth)acrylic acid monomer contained in the π liquid (the decyl group having a thiol group contained in the liquid I) The coupling agent/(meth)acrylic acid monomer contained in the II liquid can be adjusted to 4/6 to 6/4. The two-component surface modifier of the present invention is, for example, coating a liquid II after coating a J liquid on a substrate, by using a thiol group-containing ceramin coupling agent and a thiol based acrylic acid contained in the II liquid. The monomer reacts to modify the surface of the substrate. Hereinafter, a method of producing a surface-modified substrate by the two-component surface-modified agent of the present invention will be described. [Method for Producing Surface-Modified Substrate] The above-described two-liquid type surface modifier is used in the method for producing a surface-modified substrate of the present invention. The method for producing a surface-modified substrate according to the present invention is characterized in that the substrate is coated with a polymer having a oxyalkylene group and a thiol group-containing decane coupling agent. On the surface of the liquid substrate, 11 liquid containing a (meth)acrylic monomer is applied, and a thiol coupling agent having a thiol group present on the surface of the substrate is reacted with a (meth)acrylic monomer. As a substrate, a polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group and a thiol group-containing coupling agent having a thiol group are chemically fixed to a substrate, and a substrate having a hydroxyl group on the surface thereof is used satisfactorily. The material of the substrate may be the same as the user of the third group of the present invention, and the alkoxyfluorenyl group-containing polymer and the octa-thiol group-containing decane coupling agent may be used for the two-component surface modifier. A substrate having a hydroxyl group on the surface, can be 8 201211072

更堅固地固定,使用A 面改質使其表面^ 基的基材時,藉由表 、表面存在有羥基為佳。再者 的基材’於其表面存在著充分的 =由玻璃組成 質使經基存在於其表面n/H㈣Mm “一 不吕而资。基材之形狀,並盎特 別限定,與使用於本發明的第!組相同者即可。特 將I液塗佈於基材的方法, 法、m &了舉例如,流塗法、喷塗 法叹漬法、刷毛塗法、輥塗法等,惟太 該例示。 * &本發明並非限定於 將I液塗佈時通常,只要是 H 、s + s 疋大乳即可。此外’塗佈時 塗=^ ’Μ加溫。將1液塗佈時之1液的 :佈Γ根據基材的用途而不同,故無法籠統地決定, 按照其用途等適宜調整為佳。们液塗佈於基材之後,由 ==效率的觀點’將基材加熱為佳。基材的加熱溫度, 根據基材的耐熱溫度不同,故無法籠統地決定,通常在 15(rc的範圍内不對基材帶來不良影響的溫度為佳。 如以上藉由將ί液塗佈於基材,可將含於W之具有 院氧基石夕基之聚合物及具有硫醇基的石夕院偶合劑固定於基 材0 面塗佈11液。將II液 1液的方法同樣地,可 刷毛塗法、親塗法等, 其次’對塗佈有I液之基材表 的塗佈於基材方法,與於基材塗佈 舉例如流塗法、噴塗法、浸潰法、 惟本發明並非限定於該例示。 再者’以浸潰法將Π液㈣於基㈣,由提高生產效 率的觀點’將π液的液溫調整在程度為佳。此外, 47 201211072 將基材浸潰於Η液的時間並無特別限定,提升含於Η液 之(甲基)丙烯酸單體的反應迷度的觀點及生產效率的觀 點’以3 0 ~ 12 0分鐘程度為佳。 如上所述,由於藉由塗佈I液在基材固定化之且有硫 醇基之石夕院偶合劑與(甲基)丙埽酸單體鍵結,可賦予基材 事先對基材固定化之含力Ϊ液之具有烧氧基石夕基之聚合物 所具有的性質,及(甲基)丙烯酸單體所具有的性質。 在(甲基)丙烯酸單體與具有硫醇基的矽烷偶合劑反應 終了後,按照需要,將基材清洗,乾燥即可。 ‘ 在如上所得之本發明之表面改質之基材,由於在其表 面上有固定含於I液之具有烷氧基矽基之聚合物與(甲基) 丙烯酸單體’故可同時賦予具有烷氧基矽基之聚合物所具 有的性質,Λ藉由肖具有料基之石夕院偶合劑t反應而固 定於基材之(甲基)丙烯酸單體所具有的性質,並且可防止 如使用先前的界面活性劑時,因水分的附著而流失。 因此’藉由適宜調整具有烷氧基矽基之聚合物所具有 的性質,及(甲基)丙烯酸單體所具有的性質,可對基材賦 予例如,親水性、疏水性、撥油性、親油性等所期望的性 質。 〔本發明的第3組〕 本發明的第3組的表面親水化劑’係如上所述,其特 徵在於:包含:(曱基)丙烯酸系聚合物,其係使含有式(Ιχ) 所示含有破原子的單體及式(X)所示含有氮原子的單體成 分聚合而成: 48 (IX)201211072 ψ R3It is more firmly fixed, and when the surface of the substrate is modified by the A surface, it is preferable to have a hydroxyl group on the surface and the surface. Further, the substrate 'is sufficiently present on the surface thereof. The composition of the glass is such that the base group exists on the surface of the surface n/H (four) Mm. The shape of the substrate is particularly limited, and is used in the present invention. The same group can be used. The method of applying the liquid I to the substrate, the method, the m & the flow coating method, the spray method, the brush coating method, the roll coating method, etc. However, the present invention is not limited to the case where the liquid I is applied, as long as it is H, s + s 疋 large milk. In addition, the coating is applied at the time of coating = ^ 'Μ heating. The liquid at the time of coating is different depending on the use of the substrate, so it cannot be determined in a general manner, and it is preferably adjusted according to the use thereof. After the liquid is applied to the substrate, it is determined from the viewpoint of == efficiency. The substrate is preferably heated. The heating temperature of the substrate varies depending on the heat-resistant temperature of the substrate, and therefore cannot be determined in a general manner. Generally, a temperature which does not adversely affect the substrate in the range of 15 (rc) is preferable. Applying a ί liquid to a substrate, the polymer having a thioxanthene group and a stone having a thiol group The hospital coupling agent is fixed to the substrate 0 and coated with 11 liquids. The method of using the first liquid 1 liquid can be similarly applied to the brush coating method, the affinity coating method, etc., and then the application of the substrate sheet coated with the liquid I is applied. The substrate method and the substrate coating are, for example, a flow coating method, a spray coating method, or a dipping method, but the present invention is not limited to the examples. Further, the sputum (four) is applied to the base (four) by the dipping method, and the production is improved. The viewpoint of efficiency is to adjust the liquid temperature of the π liquid to a good degree. In addition, 47 201211072 The time for immersing the substrate in the mash is not particularly limited, and the reaction of the (meth)acrylic monomer contained in the sputum is enhanced. The viewpoint of the degree of fascination and the viewpoint of production efficiency are preferably in the range of 30 to 120 minutes. As described above, the sulphur-based coupling agent and the thiol group are immobilized on the substrate by coating the liquid I. a (meth)acrylic acid monomer bond, which imparts properties to a polymer having a siloxane group, which is immobilized to a substrate in advance, and a (meth)acrylic monomer Having the properties. After the reaction of the (meth)acrylic monomer with the decane coupling agent having a thiol group, It is necessary to wash and dry the substrate. 'The surface-modified substrate of the present invention obtained as above has a polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group contained in the liquid I on the surface thereof. The (meth)acrylic monomer can be simultaneously imparted to the polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group, and the (meth)acrylic acid which is fixed to the substrate by the reaction of the sigma compound coupling agent t The nature of the monomer, and can prevent the loss of moisture due to the use of the previous surfactant. Therefore, by appropriately adjusting the properties of the polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group, and (methyl The properties possessed by the acrylic monomer can impart desired properties such as hydrophilicity, hydrophobicity, oil repellency, and lipophilicity to the substrate. [Group 3 of the present invention] The surface of the third group of the present invention is hydrophilic. The chemical agent is characterized by comprising: a (fluorenyl) acrylic polymer containing a monomer having a broken atom represented by the formula (Ιχ) and a nitrogen atom represented by the formula (X). Polymerization of monomer components: 48 (IX)201211072 ψ R3

I II I

HjC = C ~ C—Y ~ R e-si - R4HjC = C ~ C-Y ~ R e-si - R4

II I ° R5 式中R1係表示氫原子或甲基、R3、R4及R5係分別獨立 地表示碳數1〜4之烷基或碳數卜4的烷氧基,R3、^及R5 之中至少一個基是碳數卜4的烷氧基,R6係表示碳數1〜6 的亞烧基,γ係表示氧原子或-NH ;II I ° R5 wherein R1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R3, R4 and R5 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 4, among R3, ^ and R5. At least one group is an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 4, R6 is a mercapto group having a carbon number of 1 to 6, and γ is an oxygen atom or -NH;

Rl R9 coo· (X) H2C=.C_C—Y —Re— _式中R、R及y與上述相同,r8係表示碳數i〜4的亞 烷基κ及R係分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數i之烷基。 在於式(IX)所不之含有矽原子之單體,RI係氫原子或 6基R係碳數卜6之亞烷基’以碳數Η亞烷基為佳。 R 正的具體例’可舉亞甲基、亞乙基、正亞丙基、異亞丙基、 基異亞丁基、第二亞丁基等,惟本發明並非限定 於該例示。 R3、R4及R5分別獨立地棉砝叙,, .^ ^ 俐地係妷數1〜4之烷基或碳數1~4 的院氧基,R3、!^及R5的之中 ^ ^ 之中至個基,係碳數1〜4的 沉乳基。V、以及R5的之中 ^ T的至夕一個基,係碳數卜4的 元— ,係為將本發明的表面_ :7k il 衣®親水化劑堅固地固定於基 材。因此,R3、R4及R5之中, m«. 夕一個基係碳數1〜4的烷 I,惟 R3、及设5 φ 基A杜 〉、兩個基以碳數卜4的烷氧 丞為佳,R3、R4及+ 〜4的烷氧基更佳。於碳數 49 201211072 卜4之烷基之中,以甲基及乙基為佳,以甲基更佳。於碳 數1 4之院氧基之中,以甲氧基及乙氧基為佳,以甲氧基 更佳。Y係氧原子或NU -基。 式(IX)所示之含有矽原子的單體,可舉例如(甲基) 丙烯醯氧丙基三甲氧基石夕烷、厂(甲基)丙稀醯氧丙基三乙 氧基矽烷、卜(曱基)丙烯醯氧丙基三異丙氧基矽烷、 (曱基)丙烯醯氧丙基曱基二甲氧基矽烷、(甲基)丙 烯酿氧丙基甲基一乙氧矽烷、(甲基)丙烯醯氧丙基甲基 二丙氧基矽烷等,惟本發明並非限定於該例示。該等含有 矽原子的單體’可分別單獨使用,亦可並用2種以上。 再者,在於本說明書「(甲基)丙烯酸」係指「丙烯酸」 及/或「甲基丙烯酸」之意思。 在以式(X)所示之含有氮原子的單體,Rl、R6及γ與上 述相同即可。更具體而言,R1係氫原子或甲基。R6係碳數 1~6亞烷基,以碳數卜4亞烷基為佳。R6的具體例,可舉 亞甲基、亞乙基、正亞丙基、異亞丙基、正亞丁基、異亞 丁基、第二亞丁基等。γ係氧原子或NH_基。 R8係碳數1〜4的亞烷基。碳數卜4的亞烷基,可舉例 如亞甲基、亞乙基、正亞丙基、異亞丙基、正亞丁基、異 亞丁基、第三亞丁基等’惟本發明並非限定於該例示。 R9及R10分別獨立地係氫原子或碳數卜4之院基,以碳 數1〜4之烷基為佳。碳數卜4之烷基,可舉例如甲基、乙 基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第三丁基等,惟 本發明並非限定於該例示。 ⑧ 50 201211072 以式(x)所示之含有氮原子 的早體可舉例如N-(甲基) 丙烯醯氧乙基-N,N-二甲基錄 缺α-Ν-甲基羧基甜菜鹼、 Ν-(甲基)丙烯醯胺基乙基一 Ν ,Ν—甲基銨Ν-甲基羧基 甜菜驗等,惟本發明並非限 _ 疋於該例不。該等含有氮原子 的皁體,可分別單獨使用,亦 ^ ^ 並用2種以上。式(X)所示 之3有氮原子的單體亦可為 平瓸7ΓΤ為水和物。再者,N_甲基丙烯醯 一乙基 N,N - 一 曱基録·'α-Ν-甲 T基羧基甜菜鹼,可以例如特 碭平9-95474號公報、特開平 ]十9-95586號公報、特開平 1 1-222470號公報等所述的方 万去谷易地以高純度調製。 以式(IX)所示之含有矽原 于的早體與式所示之含 =原子的單體的重量比(含有梦原子的單體/含有氮原子 =單體),由提高與基材之密著性的觀點,以3/97以上為 佳’以5/95以上更佳,由裎古主二油, 提ν表面親水化劑所組成的披膜 的親水性的觀點,以/ q 观甜Μ 95/5以下為佳,以85/15以下更佳, 進一步以75/25以下更佳。 用於本發明之單體組成物’雖含有式(⑴所示之含有 :原子的單體及式⑴所示之含有氮原子的單體,惟按照需 可進步含有可與式ΠΌ所示之含有矽原子的單體及 $ (X)所不之含有氮原子的單體共聚合之單體。上述可共聚 °單體之代表例,可舉具有碳-碳不飽雙鍵的單體等。 人y與式(IX)所示之含有矽原子的單體及式(χ)所示之 有氮原子的單體共聚合之單體,例如苯乙烯系單體、羧 酸s曰系單體、胺系、單體等具有碳-碳不飽雙鍵的單體等,惟 本發月並非限^於該例示。可與該等共聚合的單體,可分 51 201211072 別單獨使用,亦可並用2種以上。 於單體成分含有苯乙烯系單體時,有提升本發明之表 面親水化劑之耐熱性之利點。笨乙稀系單體,可舉例如苯 乙烯、α-曱基苯乙烯…羥基苯乙烯、對羥基笨乙烯等, 惟本發明並非限定於該例示。該等苯乙烯系單體,可分別 單獨使用,亦可並用2種以上。 於單體成分含有羧酸酯系單體時,有提升本發明之表 面親水化劑之親油性之利點。羧酸酯系單體’例如以(甲基) 丙烯酸甲酯、(曱基)丙烯酸乙酯、(曱基)丙烯酸丙酯、(曱 基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第 三丁酯、(曱基)丙烯酸新戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(曱 基)丙烯酸辛酯、(曱基)丙烯酸月桂、(甲基)丙烯酸硬脂 酯、(曱基)丙烯酸十六酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙基卡必醇、(甲 基)丙稀酸經基乙酯、(甲基)丙稀酸經基丙酯、(曱基)丙稀 酸羥基丁酯、(曱基)丙烯酸甲氧基乙酯、(曱基)丙稀酸甲 氧基丁 S曰、(曱基)丙稀酸醋等的(曱基)丙坪酸烧基醋、(甲 基)丙稀酸經基燒基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸烧氧基院基酯、(曱 基)丙烯酸芳基酯等為首、可舉衣康酸甲酯、衣康酸乙酯、 醋酸乙稀醋、丙酸乙稀酯等,惟本發明並非限定於該例示。 該等羧酸酯系單體,可分別單獨使用,亦可並用2種以上。 於單體成分含有胺系單體時,有提升本發明之表面親 水化劑之耐水解性之利點。胺系單體,可舉例如Ν-甲基(甲 基)丙烯醯胺、Ν-乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、Ν-丙基(甲基)丙烯 醯胺、Ν-異丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、Ν-曱基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、 52 201211072 N-第三丁基(甲基)丙稀酿胺、N-辛基(甲基)丙稀醯胺、nn_ 二甲基(甲基)丙稀醯胺、N,N-二乙基(甲基)丙稀醯胺、雙 丙酮開始丙烯醯胺等丙烯醯胺系單體、(甲基)丙烯醯嗎、 N-乙烯吡咯烷酮、N-乙烯己内醯胺等,惟本發明並非限定 於該例示。該等胺系單體,可分別單獨使用,亦可並用2 種以上。 可與式(IX )所示之含有矽原子的單體及式(χ)所示之 含有氣原子的單體共聚合之單體量,對式(Ιχ)所示之含有 矽原子的單體與式(X)所示之含有氮原子的單體的合計量 100重量部,由提升親水性的觀點以1〇〇重量部以下即 以0~100重量部為佳,以50重量部以下更佳,進一步以 10重量部以下更佳,雖根據可與其共聚合之單體種類其量 不同,由藉由使用該可共聚合之單體所賦予的性質充分地 顯現的觀點以0.3重量部以上為佳,以i重量部以上更佳, 進一步以3重量部以上為佳。 藉由使式(IX)所示之含有矽原子的單體、式(χ)所示之 有氮原子的單體、及按照需要含有可與該等單體共聚合 單體之單體成分聚合,得到(曱基)丙烯酸系聚合物。 使單體成分聚合時,使用聚合起始劑為佳。聚合起始 =,可舉例如偶氮雙異丁腈、偶氮異丁腈、偶氮異丁酸甲 曰偶氮雙二甲基戊腈、過氧化苯、過硫酸鉀、過硫酸銨、 甲酮衍生物、氧化膦衍生物、苯並酮衍生物、苯基硫 醚何生物、疊氮化物衍生物、二氮化物衍生物、二硫化物 ""物等’惟本發明並非限定於該例示。該等聚合起始劑, 53 201211072 可分別單獨使用,亦可並用2種以上。 100重 聚合起始劑量並無特別限定,通常對單體成分 直部,以0. 01〜1 〇重量部程度為佳。 此外’在本發明,使單體赤八 文早®成刀聚合時,亦可使用鏈轉 移劑。鍵轉移劑,通常藉由與 田兴皁體成分混合使用。鏈轉移 劑’可舉例如月桂硫醇、+ - 邮十一硫醇、硫代甘油等的含有硫 醇基之化合物;次亞磷酸鈉、亞硫酸氫鈉等的無機鹽等, 惟本發明並非限定於該例示。該等鏈轉移劑,可分別單獨 使用’亦可並用2種以上。 鏈轉移劑量並無特別限定,通常對單體成分1〇〇重量 部’以0. 01〜1 〇重量部程度即可。 使單體成分聚合之方法,可舉例如,溶液聚合法等, 惟本發明並非限定於該例示。將單體成分以溶液聚人法聚 合時’例如可將單體成分溶解於溶劑,藉由邊授拌所得溶 液邊添加聚合起始劑,使之聚合。 醇、丙二 氫呋喃等 已烷等的 酯、醋酸 。該等溶 溶液之單 聚合條件 /谷削,可舉例 醇等的醇;丙酮、甲基乙基酮等的酮;乙趟'四 的喊,笨曱笨、一曱笨等的芳香烴化合物;正 月曰肪k化合物環,己烧等脂環烴化合物;醋酸甲 乙s曰等的醋酸酯等,惟本發明並非限定於該例示 劑’可分別單獨使用,亦可並用2種以上。 冷劑的量,通常將藉由使單體溶解於溶劑之 體濃度調整為10~80重量%之程度為佳。 使單體成分聚合之聚合溫度、聚合時間等的 54 201211072 ’按照其單體成分的纟且成、斯人& 、'成聚合起始劑之種類及其量等適 宜調整為佳。 使式單體聚合時的氣氛’以惰性氣體為佳。惰性氣體 可舉例如氮氣、氬氣等,惟本發明並非限定於該例示。 聚口反應的終了及反應系内有無未反應單體,例如, 可藉由氣相層析法等的—般分析方法確認。 藉由如上使單體成分聚合,可得(甲基)丙稀酸系聚合 物。 (甲基)丙稀酸系聚合物的黏度平均分子量,由充分顯 現表面親,:效果之觀點…。〇以上為佳,以50。以上 由提同(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物的溶解性的觀點,以 1 00000以下為佳,以5_〇以下更佳。再者,(甲基)丙稀 酸系聚合物的黏度平均分子量,可藉由例如,烏伯樓德黏 度計等測定。 本發明的表面親水化劑,雖含有上述丙烯酸系聚合 物’惟在不阻礙本發明的目的的範圍内,亦可包含其他的 聚合物、溶劑、或各種添加劑等。 洛劑,使用與用於於上述單體成分之聚合時之溶劑相 同者即可。作為該溶劑可舉例如甲醇、乙醇、#丙醇、乙 -醇 '丙二醇等的g|;丙酮、甲基乙基酮等的酮;乙醚、 四經以等的H甲苯、二甲苯等的芳香烴化合物; 正己貌等脂肪烴化合物;環己院等脂環烴化合物;醋酸甲 '、醋酸乙酯等醋酸酯[惟本發明並非限定於該例示。 該等溶劑’可分別單獨使用,亦可並用2種以上。 55 201211072 溶劑的量,並無特別限定,通常將(甲基)丙烯酸系聚 合物溶解於溶劑所得之溶液之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物之濃 度調整為10〜80重量%程度為佳。 本發明之表面親水化基材,可藉由於基材表面上形成 由表面親水化劑所組成的披膜而得。 基材材質,只要與本發明的第丨組所使用者相同即可。 基材之中,由將含於本發明之表面親水化劑之(甲基)丙烯 酸系聚合物堅固地固定於基材的觀點,於其表面存在有羥 基之基材為佳。 使用在表面不存在羥基的基材時,由將本發明的表面 親水化劑堅固地固定於基材的觀點,#由使其表面存在有 羥基地將表面親水化為佳。再者,例如由玻璃組成的基材, 於其表面存在著充分的經基時,無須對其表面親水化使羥 基存在於其表面’不言而喻。基材形狀,只要與本發明的 第1組所使用者相同即可。 將本發明的表面親水化劑塗佈於基材的方法,只要與 本發明的第1組所使用者相同即可。 將本發明的表面親水化劑塗佈於基材時的氣氛通 常,只要是大氣即可。此外,塗佈時的溫度,通常是常溫, 亦可加溫。將本發明的表面親水化劑塗佈於基材時,本發 明的表面親水化劑的塗佈量,由於根據基材的用途而不 同,故無法籠統地決定,按照其用途等適宜調整為佳。將 本發明的表面親水化劑塗佈於基材之後,由提升生產效率 的觀點,將基材加熱為佳。基材的加熱溫度,根據基材的 ⑧ 56 201211072 耐熱概度不同,故無法籠統地決定,通常在50〜1501的範 圍内不對基材帶來不良影響的溫度為佳。 再者,本發明的表面親水化基材,亦可藉由將單體成 分塗佈於基材表面上’照射光,或加熱,使單體成分聚合 形成披膜而製造。 形成於本發明的表面親水化基材表面上之披膜的厚度 (乾燥後的厚度),根據該表面親水化基材的種類或用途而 不同故無法籠統地決定,惟通常以1〇nm〜1〇"m程度為佳。 如以上,藉由將本發明的表面親水化劑塗佈於基材表 面上,可得本發明的表面親水化基材。 本發明的表面改質基材,由於在其表面上固定化含於 本發明的表面親水化劑之(曱基)丙烯酸系聚合物,故可對 基材賦予(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物所具有的親水性,可防止 如使用先前的界面活性劑時,因水分附著而流失。 [實施例] 其次,根據實施例更詳細地說明本發明,惟本發明並 非僅限定於該實施例。本發明的第!組〜發明的第3組,各 組獨立。因此’於各組所說明之「實施例^ f的實施例 編號分別在各組之間獨立。 〔本發明的第1組的實施例〕 實施例1 於具有氮氣體導入管,冷凝器及攪拌機的500mL容量 的燒瓶,放入N-曱基丙烯醯氧乙基-N,N—二甲基銨_α_Ν_ 甲基羧基甜菜鹼〔大阪有機化學工業(股)製,商品名. 57 201211072 GLBT〕32. 31g、3-狒基丙基三曱氧基矽烷〔信越化學工業(股) 製,商品名:KBM-8 03〕1. 55g及乙醇146· 20g。藉由將燒 瓶内壓減脫氣之後,導入氮氣回覆到常壓,儘可能將燒瓶 内的氧氣排除。 其次,藉由安裝於燒瓶的油浴,將燒瓶的内容物加溫 為65°C之後’添加偶氮雙異丁腈1.83g’邊將燒瓶的内容 物的溫度保持在7(TC熟成4小時。之後,進一步對燒瓶内 添加偶氮雙異丁腈0.37g,藉由邊將反應溫度保持於7(rc 進行熟成4小時,得到聚合物溶液。 將所得聚合物溶液以水浴冷卻至30 t,以乙醇 182.76g稀釋’得到具有院氧基石夕基之(甲基)丙稀酸系聚 合物溶液。 將所得具有烷氧基矽基之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液 之黏度以烏伯樓德型黏度計〔(股)相互理化學硝子製造所 製’品號:ϋ - 0 3 2 7 - 2 6〕以2 5 °C測定,求得黏度平均分子 量’結果其黏度平均分子量為15000。將該具有將該具有 燒氧基矽基之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液使用作為表面改 質劑。 實施例2 於具有氮氣體導入管,冷凝器及攪拌機的5〇 〇mL容量 的燒瓶,放入N-甲基丙烯醯氧乙基-N,N 一二甲基銨_α_Ν_ 甲基羧基甜菜鹼〔大阪有機化學工業(股)製,商品名: GLBT〕35.00g、3-狒基丙基三曱氧基矽烷〔信越化學工業(股) 製’商品名:KBM-803〕3.27g及乙醇I53.10g。藉由將燒 ⑧ 58 201211072 瓶内壓減脫氣之後,導入氮氣回覆到常壓,儘可能將燒瓶 内的氧氣排除。 其次’藉由安裝於燒瓶的油浴,將燒瓶的内容物加溫 為65°C之後,添加偶氮雙異丁腈〇.38g,邊將燒瓶的内容 物的溫度保持在7 0 °C熟成4小時《之後,進一步對燒瓶内 添加偶氮雙異丁腈0.38g’藉由邊將反應溫度保持於7〇。〇 進行熟成4小時,得到聚合物溶液。 將所得聚合物溶液以水浴冷卻至3〇 t,以乙醇 191. 37g稀釋’得到具有烷氧基矽基之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚 合物溶液。將該具有將該具有烷氧基矽基之(甲基)丙烯酸 系聚合物溶液使用作為表面改質劑。 將所得具有烷氧基矽基之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液 之黏度以烏伯樓德型黏度計〔(股)相互理化學硝子製造所 製,品號:U-0327-26〕以25。(:測定,求得黏度平均分子 量’結果其黏度平均分子量為3000。 實施例3 於具有氮氣體導入管’冷凝器及攪拌機的500mL容量 的燒瓶’放入N-甲基丙烯醯氧乙基- n,N-二甲基鞍-〇; 一 N-甲基緩基甜菜鹼〔大阪有機化學工業(股)製,商品名: 00g、3-狒基丙基三甲氧基矽烷〔信越化學工業(股) 製,商品名:KBM-803〕〇.75g及乙醇143.02g。藉由將燒 航内壓減脫氣之後,導入氮氣回覆到常壓,儘可能將燒瓶 内的氧氣排除。 其次’藉由安裝於燒瓶的油浴,將燒瓶的内容物加溫 59 201211072 為65°C之後,添加偶氮雙異丁腈〇 89g,邊將燒瓶的内容 物的rnt度保持在7 〇 °C熟成4小時。之後,進一步對燒瓶内 添加偶氮雙異丁腈0.36g,藉由邊將反應溫度保持於7(rc 進行熟成4小時,得到聚合物溶液。 將所得聚合物溶液以水浴冷卻至3〇 〇C,以乙醇 1 78. 78g稀釋’得到具有烷氧基矽基之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚 合物溶液。 將所得具有烷氧基矽基之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液 之黏度以烏伯樓德型黏度計〔(股)相互理化學硝子製造所 製,品號.U-0327-26〕以25°C測定,求得黏度平均分子 量’結果其黏度平均分子量為5000。將該具有烷氧基梦基 之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液使用作為表面改質劑。 實施例4 於具有氮氣體導入管,冷凝器及攪拌機的5〇〇mL容量 的燒瓶’放入甲氧基三乙二醇丙烯酸酯〔大阪有機化學工 業(股)製,品號:V-MTG〕30. 00g、3-狒基丙基三甲氧基石夕 烷〔信越化學工業(股)製,商品名:KBM-803〕1.44g及乙 醇125.68g。藉由將燒瓶内壓減脫氣之後,導入氮氣回覆 到常壓’儘可能將燒瓶内的氧氣排除。 其次’藉由安裝於燒瓶的油浴,將燒瓶的内容物加溫 為651之後,添加偶氮雙異丁腈1. 57g,邊將燒瓶的内容 物的溫度保持在70°C熟成4小時。之後,進一步對燒瓶内 添加偶氮雙異丁腈0. 31g,藉由邊將反應溫度保持於7〇〇c 進行熟成4小時,得到聚合物溶液。 201211072 將所得聚合物溶液以水浴冷卻至3 0 °c,以乙醇 157. 10g稀釋’得到具有烷氧基矽基之(甲基)丙稀酸系聚 合物溶液。 將所得具有烷氧基矽基之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液 之黏度以烏伯樓德型黏度計〔(股)相互理化學硝子製造所 製’品號:U-0327-26〕以25。(:測定,求得黏度平均分子 量’結果其黏度平均分子量為5〇〇〇。該具有烷氧基石夕基之 (甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液使用作為表面改質劑。 實施例5 於具有氮氣體導入管,冷凝器及攪拌機的5〇〇mL容量 的燒瓶,放入2, 2, 2-三氟乙基曱基丙烯酸酯〔大阪有機化 學工業(股)製’品號:V-3FM〕35.00g、3-膦基丙基三曱氧 基矽烧〔信越化學工業(股)製,商品名:KBM-803〕2.35g 及乙醇149.39g。藉由將燒瓶内壓減脫氣之後,導入氮氣 回覆到常壓’儘可能將燒瓶内的氧氣排除。 其次’藉由安裝於燒瓶的油浴,將燒瓶的内容物加溫 為65°C之後’添加偶氮雙異丁腈LWg,邊將燒瓶的内容 物的溫度保持在7 0 °C熟成4小時。之後.,進一步對燒瓶内 添加偶氮雙異丁腈0.37g,藉由邊將反應溫度保持於 進行熟成4小時,得到聚合物溶液。 將所得聚合物溶液以水浴冷卻至3 〇 〇c,以乙酵 186_74g稀釋,得到具有烷氧基矽基之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚 合物溶液。 將所得具有烷氧基矽基之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液 61 201211072 之黏度以烏伯樓德型黏度計〔(股)相互理化學硝子製造所 製,品號:U-0327-26〕以25°C測定,求得黏度平均分子 量’結果其黏度平均分子量為4000。將該具有貌氧基石夕基 之(曱基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液使用作為表面改質劑。 實施例6 於具有氮氣體導入管,冷凝器及攪拌機的500mL容量 的燒瓶,放入2-(全氟己基)乙基曱基丙烯酸酯〔大金工業 (股)製,品號:M-1620〕12.00g、3 -狒基丙基三曱氧基矽 院〔信越化學工業(股)製,商品名:KBM-803〕〇. 29g及 2’2,2-三氟乙醇49.15g。藉由將燒瓶内壓減脫氣之後,導 入氮氣回覆到常壓’儘可能將燒瓶内的氧氣排除。 其次’藉由安裝於燒瓶的油浴,將燒瓶的内容物加溫 為65°C之後,添加偶氮雙異丁腈0 61g ’邊將燒瓶的内容 物的溫度保持在70eC熟成4小時。之後,進一步對燒瓶内 添加偶氮雙異丁腈〇.12g,藉由邊將反應溫度保持於7〇£>c 進行熟成4小時,得到聚合物溶液。 將所得聚合物溶液以水浴冷卻至3〇°c,以2, 2 2-=氣 乙醇61· 44g稀釋,得到具有烷氧基矽基之(甲基)丙烯酸系 聚合物溶液。 將所得具有烷氧基矽基之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液 之黏度以烏伯樓德型黏度計〔(股)相互理化學硝子製造所 製,品號:ϋ-0327-26〕以25。(:測定,求得黏度平均分子 量,結果其黏度平均分子量為1 0000。將該具有烷氧基矽 基之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液使用作為表面改質劑。 ⑧ 62 201211072 實施例7〜12 將實施例Η所得的表面改質劑,流塗於玻璃板(長: 編、寬:1〇°随、厚:1㈣)’將剩餘的表面改質劑以乙 醇清洗去除之後’將該玻璃板放進溫風乾燥機内,以mi 的溫度進行3G分鐘溫風乾燥,得到表面改質基材。 其次’將上述所得之表面改質基材的物性,耐熱水性、 與水的接觸角及披膜的厚度’以如下方法評估。將結果示 於表1。 〔耐熱水性〕 』對表面改質基材滴上水滴,使用接觸角計〔腿A(股) 製〕於25〇C大氣中測定與水的接觸角。之後,藉由將該表 面改質基材於加溫為8G°C的熱水中浸潰5小時,進行对熱 水試驗。其次,將表面改質基材由該熱水中取出,以水清 洗,將附著於表面改質基材的水以氣搶乾燥之後,對表面 改質基材滴上水滴,使用接觸角計〔ERMA(股)製〕於25。匸 大氣中測定與水的接觸角,根據如下評估基準評估耐熱水 性。 (評估基準) 〇:耐熱水性試驗前後對水的接觸角差距絕對值未滿 10度 X :耐熱水性試驗前後對水的接觸角差距絕對值為i 〇 度以上 〔與水的接觸角〕 對表面改質基材滴上水滴,使用接觸角計〔ERMA(股) 63 201211072 製〕於25°C大氣中測定與水的接觸角。 〔披膜的厚度〕 由形成於表面改質基材之表面改質劑所組成的披膜的 厚度’使用觸針式段差計〔KLA.TENK0R(股)製,品號:p_1〇〕 測定。 此外,在於各實施例,將表面改質劑流塗在玻璃板上, 以120°C的熱風乾燥30分鐘之後,將流塗有上述表面改質 劑的玻璃板暴露於90 °C的水蒸氣5分鐘。以目視觀察該玻 璃板的防霧性,以如下評估基準評估。 (防霧性的評估基準) 〇:玻璃板沒有起霧 X :玻璃板有起霧 再者,表1中§己載於「玻璃板的種類」欄之實施例編 號’係指使用該實施例編號所得之表面改質劑流塗之玻璃 板調查物性之意思。 比較例1 在於實施例7,取代表面改質劑改質的玻璃板,使用 沒有以表面改質劑改質之玻璃板’以與實施例7同樣地調 查與水的接觸角及防霧性。將結果示於表1 ^ 比較例2 於玻璃板上流塗1 %月桂酸鈉水溶液,將該玻璃板放入 溫風乾燥機内’以120°C的溫度進行30分鐘溫風乾燥,得 到以界面活性劑處理的基板。將所得基板的物性以與實施 例7同樣地調查物性。將結果示於表1。 64 201211072 比較例3 於玻璃板上流塗1%十四烷酸納水溶液,將該玻璃板放 入溫風乾燥機内,以12〇t的溫度進行3〇分鐘溫風乾燥, 得到以界面活性劑處理的基板。將所得基板的物性以與實 施例7同樣地調查物性。將結果示於表1。 比較例4 於玻璃板上流塗1%棕櫚酸鈉水溶液,將該玻璃板放入 溫風乾燥機内,以12〇1的溫度進行30分鐘溫風乾燥,得 到以界面活性劑處理的基板。將所得基板的物性以與實施 例7同樣地調查物性。將結果示於表i。 再者’記載於表1之中「玻璃板的種類」㈣的比較例 編號,係使用該比較例編號所得之表面改質劑流塗之玻璃 板調查物性之意思。 其次,在以實施例7所得之表面改質基材及比較例】 的玻璃板背面重疊印有「_」的文字之膜時之觀察結果分 別示於圖1(a)及(b)e在於圖!,(〇及(1))係表示分別調查 實施例7所得之表面改質基材及比較例丨的玻璃板之防霧 性的結果之圖示代用照片。 由圖1所示結果,以實施例7所得之表面改質基材, 經由玻璃板可鮮明地辨識r〇〇c」的文字,相對的在比較例 1的玻璃板則起霧,而「ooc」的文字辨識變得模糊。 65 201211072 表1 實施例 編號 表面改質基材的物性 玻璃板的 種類 耐熱水性 與水的接觸角 (度) 彼膜的厚度 (nm) 防霧性 7 實施例1 〇 4 20 〇 8 實施例2 〇 4 20 〇 9 實施例3 〇 4 20 〇 10 實施例4 〇 9 20 〇 11 實施例5 〇 88 20 X 12 實施例6 〇 107 20 〇 比較例 1 未處理 - 42 - X 2 比較例2 X 2 由於係薄膜無法測定 〇 3 比較例3 X 3 由於係薄膜無法測定 〇 4 比較例4 X 3 由於係薄膜無法測定 〇 由表1所示結果,根據各實施例,明顯可知藉由改變 具有烷氧基矽基之(曱基)丙烯酸系聚合物的性質,可對基 材賦予親水性及疏水性。此外各實施例,相對於比較例 1〜4,明顯可賦予基板較優良的财熱水性,故可知可形成即 使與水接觸時亦不容易由基材脫離的披膜。 實施例1 3 使用ABS樹脂製的樹脂板(長:80mm、寬:25mm、厚 1.5mm)作為基材。將該樹脂板放入真空容器中,脫氣的之 後導入三甲氧基矽烷的蒸氣(蒸氣壓:大約400Pa),對樹 脂板蒸鍍二氧化矽3小時。 對於上述蒸鍍二氧化矽的樹脂板上流塗實施例1所得 之表面改質劑,以乙醇清洗去除剩餘的表面改質劑之後, 將該樹脂板放入溫風乾燥機内,以80°C的溫度進行溫風乾 66 ⑧ 201211072 燥1小時,得到表面改質基材。 上述所得之表面改質基材暴露於9〇〇c的水蒸氣5分 鐘°以目視觀察該玻璃板的防霧性,確認在改質基材表面 並沒有起霧。由此’可知藉由在樹脂基材表面上蒸鍍二氧 化梦’可將本發明的表面改質劑固定於樹脂基材表面。 〔本發明的第2組的實施例〕 製造例1 於具有氮氣體導入管,冷凝器及攪拌機的5〇〇mL容量 的燒瓶,放入N-曱基丙烯醯氧乙基-ν,ν — 二甲基銨_α_Ν_ 甲基叛基甜菜鹼〔大阪有機化學工業(股)製,商品名: GUT〕32· 31g、3-狒基丙基三曱氧基矽烷〔信越化學工業(股) 製,商品名:KBM-803〕1. 55g及乙醇146. 20g »藉由將燒 瓶内壓減脫氣之後,導入氮氣回覆到常壓,儘可能將燒瓶 内的氧氣排除。 其次’藉由安裝於燒瓶的油浴,將燒瓶的内容物加溫 為65 C之後,添加偶氮雙異丁腈183g,邊將燒瓶的内容 物的溫度保持在7 0 °C熟成4小時。之後,進一步對燒瓶内 添加偶氮雙異丁腈〇.37g,藉由邊將反應溫度保持於7〇艺 進行熟成4小時’得到聚合物溶液。 將所得聚合物溶液以水浴冷卻至3〇 〇c,以乙醇 182. 76g稀釋,得到具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物溶液。 所得之具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物溶液之黏度以烏伯樓 德型黏度計〔(股)相互理化學硝子製造所製,品號: U-0327-26〕以25t測定,求得黏度平均分子量,結果其 £ 67 201211072 黏度平均分子量為15000。 製造例2 於具有氮氣體導入管,冷凝器及攪拌機的500inL容量 的燒瓶’放入N-曱基丙烯醯氧乙基-N,N-二甲基 甲基羧基甜菜鹼〔大阪有機化學工業(股)製,商品名: GLBT〕35· 00g、3-腓基丙基三甲氧基矽烷〔信越化學工業(股) 製’商品名:KBM-803〕3.27g及乙醇153.10g。藉由將燒 瓶内壓減脫氣之後’導入氮氣回覆到常壓,儘可能將燒瓶 内的氧氣排除。 其次,藉由安裝於燒瓶的油浴,將燒瓶的内容物加溫 為65°C之後,添加偶氮雙異丁腈0 38g ,邊將燒瓶的内容 物的溫度保持在7(TC熟成4小時。之後,進一步對燒瓶内 添加偶氮雙異丁腈〇.38g,藉由邊將反應溫度保持於7〇<t 進行熟成4小時,得到聚合物溶液。 將所得聚合物溶液以水浴冷卻至3 〇它,以乙醇 191. 37g稀釋,得到具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物溶液。 所得之具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物溶液之黏度以烏伯樓 德型黏度計〔(股)相互理化學硝子製造所製,品號: U-0327-26〕以25°C測定,求得黏度平均分子量,結果其 黏度平均分子量為3000。 、 製造例3 於具有氮氣體導入管,冷凝器及攪拌機的5〇〇社容量 的燒瓶,放入N-甲基丙烯醯氧乙基_N,N_二甲基銨_〇^_ 甲基羧基甜菜鹼〔大阪有機化學工業(股)製,商品名·· 68 201211072 GLBT〕35.0 Og、3-狒基丙基三曱氧基矽烷〔信越化學工業(股) 製,商品名:KBM-803〕0.75g及乙醇143.02g。藉由將燒 瓶内壓減脫氣之後,導入氮氣回覆到常壓,儘可能將燒瓶 内的氧氣排除。 其次’藉由安裝於燒瓶的油浴,將燒瓶的内容物加溫 為65°C之後,添加偶氮雙異丁腈〇. 89g,邊將燒瓶的内容 物的溫度保持在7〇。(:熟成4小時。之後,進一步對燒觀内 添加偶氮雙異丁腈〇.36g’藉由邊將反應溫度保持於 進行熟成4小時,得到聚合物溶液。 將所得聚合物溶液以水浴冷卻至30。(:,以乙醇 178. 78g稀釋,得到具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物溶液。 所知·之具有院氧基矽基的聚合物溶液之黏度以烏伯樓 德型黏度計〔(股)相互理化學硝子製造所製,品號: U-0327-26〕以25t:測定,求得黏度平均分子量,結果其 黏度平均分子量為5000。 製造例4 於具有氮氣體導入管,冷凝器及攪拌機的5〇〇mL容量 的燒瓶放入甲氧基二乙一醇丙稀酸酯〔大阪有機化學工 業(股)’品號:V-MTG〕3UGg、3_狒基丙基三甲氧基石夕院 〔信越化學工業(股)製,商品名:KM_8〇3〕14蛇及乙醇 125. 68g。藉由將燒瓶内壓減脫氣之後,導入氮氣回覆到常 壓’儘可能將燒瓶内的氧氣排除。 其人藉由安裝於燒瓶的油浴,將燒瓶的内容物加溫 λ為^之後,添加偶氮雙異丁腈1.57g,邊將燒瓶的内容 69 201211072 物的溫度㈣在7〇t:熟成4小時。之後,進一步對燒航内 添加偶氣雙異丁腈o.31g’藉由邊將反應溫度保持於耽 進行熟成4小時,得到聚合物溶液。 以乙醇 將所得聚合物溶液以水浴冷卻至3〇 t, 157. 10g稀釋,得到具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物溶液 /所得之具有院氧基石夕基的聚合物溶液之黏度以烏伯樓 德型黏度計〔(股)相互理化學硝子製造所製,品號: U-0327-26〕以25°C測定,求得黏度平均分子 姓 黏度平均分子量為5〇〇h 製造例5 於具有氮氣體導入管,冷凝器及攪拌機的5〇〇mL容量 的燒瓶,放入2, 2, 2-三氟乙基甲基丙烯酸酯〔大阪有機化 學工業(股)’品號:V-3FM〕35.00g、3-狒基丙基三甲氧基 矽烷〔信越化學工業(股)製,商品名:KBM_8〇3〕2.34及 乙醇149. 39g。藉由將燒瓶内壓減脫氣之後,導入氮氣回 覆到常壓,儘可能將燒瓶内的氧氣排除。 其次,藉由安裝於燒瓶的油浴,將燒瓶的内容物加溫 為65°C之後,添加偶氮雙異丁腈187g,邊將燒瓶的内容 物的溫度保持在70°C熟成4小時。之後,進一步對燒瓶内 添加偶氮雙異丁腈〇.37g,藉由邊將反應溫度保持於7〇t 進行熟成4小時,得到聚合物溶液。 將所得聚合物溶液以水浴冷卻至3 0 t,以乙醇 18 6. 74g稀釋’得到具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物溶液。 所得之具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物溶液之黏度以烏伯樓 201211072 德型黏度計〔(股)相互理化學硝子製造所製,品號: U-0327-26〕卩25°C測定,求得黏度平均分子量,結果其 黏度平均分子量為4000。 製造例6 於具有氮氣體導入管,冷凝器及攪拌機的5〇〇mL容量 的燒瓶,放入2-(全氟己基)乙基曱基丙烯酸酯〔大金工業 (股),品號:M-1620〕12.00g、3_狒基丙基三甲氧基矽烷 〔信越化學工業(股)製,商品名:KBM-803〕0· 29g及 2, 2’ 2-三氟乙醇49. 15g。藉由將燒瓶内壓減脫氣之後,導 入氮氣回覆到常壓,儘可能將燒瓶内的氧氣排除。 其次,藉由安裝.於燒瓶的油浴,將燒瓶的内容物加溫 為65°C之後,添加偶氮雙異丁腈〇61g,邊將燒瓶的内容 物的溫度保持在7(TC熟成4小時。之後,進一步對燒瓶内 添加偶氮雙異丁腈〇.12g,藉由邊將反應溫度保持於70°c 進行熟成4小時,得到聚合物溶液。 將所得聚合物溶液以水浴冷卻至3〇乞,2, 2, 2_三氟乙 醇61. 44g稀釋,得到具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物溶液。 所知之具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物溶液之黏度以烏伯樓 德型黏度計〔(股)相互理化學硝子製造所製,品號: U 0327-26〕以251測定,求得黏度平均分子量,結果其 黏度平均分子量為1〇〇〇〇。 實施例1 於lOOmL谷量的樣品瓶,放入製造例1所得之院氧基 石夕基的聚合物溶& 4.5Gg' 3_拂基丙基三甲氧基錢〔信 71 201211072 越化學工業(股)製’商品名:ΚΒΜ-803〕〇.15g及乙醇 55. 35g ’藉由充分地攪拌使之混合。之後,對該樣品瓶添 加0.1N鹽酸O.Olg,藉由充分地攪拌混合調製丨液。 另一方面’於l〇〇mL容量的樣品瓶,放入2_(全氟辛 基)乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯50 00g及三乙基胺2 5〇g,藉由 充分地揽拌混合調製11液。 如以上,調製由I液與u液所組成之2液型表面改質 劑。其次,將上述所得I液5mL流塗於玻璃板(長:1〇〇mm、 寬.100mm、厚:imm)上,以乙醇清洗去除剩餘的!液之 後,將該玻璃板放入溫風乾燥機内,以12(rc的溫度進行 30分鐘溫風乾燥,首先得到以具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物改 質之基板。 其人以上述所知之具有院氧基石夕基的聚合物處理的 基板,浸潰於預先加溫A 6(rc& u液1〇mL + 6〇分鐘。 之後由該II液取出’卩丙酮清洗該玻璃板去除過剩的Η 液,將殘存於基板上的丙酮以空氣搶乾燥,得到以表面改 質劑改質之基板。 實施例2R1 R9 coo· (X) H2C=.C_C—Y—Re— In the formula, R, R and y are the same as above, and r8 means that the alkylene κ and R series having a carbon number of i to 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom. Or an alkyl group of carbon number i. The monomer which does not contain a ruthenium atom in the formula (IX), the RI-based hydrogen atom or the 6-alkyl R-based carbon number-alkylene group ' is preferably a carbon number Η alkylene group. Specific examples of the positive R include a methylene group, an ethylene group, an n-propylene group, an isopropylidene group, a benzylidene group, a second butylene group, and the like, but the invention is not limited to the examples. R3, R4, and R5 are each independently cotton, and ^^^ 俐 is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 alkyl groups or a carbon number of 1 to 4, R3, ! Among the ^ and R5, ^ ^ is the base, which is a emulsified base of 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Among the V and R5, a base of T, which is a carbon number of 4, is a solid surface of the present invention in which the surface _: 7k il coat hydrophilizing agent of the present invention is firmly fixed. Therefore, among R3, R4 and R5, m«. is an alkane I having a carbon number of 1 to 4, but R3, and a 5 φ group A, and two alkoxy oximes having a carbon number of 4 Preferably, the alkoxy groups of R3, R4 and +~4 are more preferred. Among the alkyl groups having a carbon number of 49 201211072, a methyl group and an ethyl group are preferred, and a methyl group is more preferred. Among the epoxy groups having a carbon number of 14, the methoxy group and the ethoxy group are preferred, and the methoxy group is more preferred. Y is an oxygen atom or a NU- group. The monomer having a ruthenium atom represented by the formula (IX) may, for example, be (meth) propylene oxypropyltrimethoxy oxalate, or (meth) propyl oxypropyltriethoxy decane, or (fluorenyl) propylene oxypropyl triisopropoxy decane, (fluorenyl) propylene oxypropyl decyl dimethoxy decane, (meth) propylene oxypropyl methyl ethoxy decane, ( Methyl)propenyloxypropylmethyldipropoxydecane, etc., but the invention is not limited to the examples. These monomers containing germanium atoms may be used singly or in combination of two or more. In addition, in this specification, "(meth)acrylic" means "acrylic" and / or "methacrylic acid". In the monomer containing a nitrogen atom represented by the formula (X), R1, R6 and γ may be the same as described above. More specifically, R1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R6 is a carbon number of 1 to 6 alkylene groups, preferably a carbon number of 4 alkylene groups. Specific examples of R6 include a methylene group, an ethylene group, an n-propylene group, an isopropylidene group, an n-butylene group, an isobutylene group, and a second butylene group. A γ-based oxygen atom or an NH— group. R8 is an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkylene group of carbon number 4 may, for example, be a methylene group, an ethylene group, a n-propylene group, an isopropylidene group, a n-butylene group, an isobutylene group or a third butylene group. However, the invention is not limited thereto. This example. R9 and R10 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 4, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group of the carbon number 4 may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group or a t-butyl group, but the invention is not limited to the examples. 8 50 201211072 The precursor containing a nitrogen atom represented by the formula (x) may, for example, be N-(methyl)acryloyloxyethyl-N,N-dimethyl-deficient α-Ν-methylcarboxybetaine , Ν-(methyl) propylene phthalamide ethyl hydrazine, hydrazine-methyl ammonium hydrazine-methyl carboxy beet, etc., but the invention is not limited to _ 该 该 该 该 该 。 。 These soap-containing soaps may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The monomer having 3 nitrogen atoms represented by the formula (X) may also be a water and a substance. Further, N-methyl propylene oxime-ethyl N,N- 曱 录 · · 'α-Ν-methyl T-carboxycarboxybetaine can be, for example, JP-A-9-95474, JP-A-10-29- The versatile glutinous rice described in the publication No. 95586 and JP-A No. 1-222470 is prepared in high purity. The weight ratio of the precursor containing the oxime represented by the formula (IX) to the monomer containing the atom represented by the formula (monomer containing a dream atom / containing a nitrogen atom = monomer) is improved by the substrate The viewpoint of the adhesion is preferably 3/97 or more, preferably 5/95 or more, and is based on the hydrophilicity of the smear of the sulphate hydrophilizer. The sweet spot is preferably 95/5 or less, preferably 85/15 or less, and further preferably 75/25 or less. The monomer composition used in the present invention contains a monomer having an atomic group represented by the formula (1) and a nitrogen atom-containing monomer represented by the formula (1), but may be further improved as required. a monomer having a germanium atom-containing monomer and a monomer having a nitrogen atom-free monomer which is not represented by (X). Representative examples of the above copolymerizable monomer include a monomer having a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond. a monomer in which a human y is copolymerized with a monomer having a ruthenium atom represented by the formula (IX) and a monomer having a nitrogen atom represented by the formula (χ), for example, a styrene monomer, a carboxylic acid s- Monomers having a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond, such as a body, an amine system, or a monomer, etc., but the present month is not limited to this example. The monomer which can be copolymerized with the above may be used separately as 51 201211072. When the monomer component contains a styrene monomer, the heat resistance of the surface hydrophilizing agent of the present invention may be improved. The stupid monomer may, for example, be styrene or α-. Mercaptostyrene...hydroxystyrene, p-hydroxystyrene, etc., but the invention is not limited to the examples. The styrene monomers can be divided into When it is used alone or in combination, when the monomer component contains a carboxylate monomer, there is a point of improving the lipophilicity of the surface hydrophilizing agent of the present invention. The carboxylate monomer is, for example, Base) methyl acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (mercapto) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, (fluorenyl) neopentyl acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, octyl acrylate, lauric (meth) acrylate, stearyl (meth) acrylate, hexadecyl (meth) acrylate , (meth)acrylic acid ethyl carbitol, (meth) acrylate acid ethyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid propyl propyl ester, (mercapto) hydroxy butyl acrylate, (Methoxyethyl acrylate, (mercapto) methic acid methoxy butyl sulfonium, (mercapto) acrylic acid vinegar, etc. (mercapto) propyl decyl sulphuric acid vinegar, (meth) acrylic acid It can be exemplified by a base alkyl ester, a (meth)acrylic acid alkoxy ester, an (aryl) aryl acrylate. Methyl ester, ethyl itaconate, ethyl acetate, ethyl acetate, etc., but the invention is not limited to the examples. The carboxylic acid ester monomers may be used alone or in combination of two. When the monomer component contains an amine-based monomer, the hydrolysis resistance of the surface hydrophilizing agent of the present invention is improved. The amine-based monomer may, for example, be fluorene-methyl(meth)acrylamide. Ν-Ethyl (meth) acrylamide, Ν-propyl (meth) acrylamide, Ν-isopropyl (meth) acrylamide, Ν-mercapto (meth) acrylamide, 52 201211072 N-Terbutyl (meth) propylamine, N-octyl (methyl) acrylamide, nn dimethyl (methyl) acrylamide, N, N-diethyl ( Methyl) acrylamide, diacetone, acrylamide amine monomer such as acrylamide, (meth) propylene oxime, N-vinyl pyrrolidone, N-vinyl caprolactam, etc., but the invention is not limited thereto This example. These amine monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. a monomer which can be copolymerized with a monomer having a ruthenium atom represented by the formula (IX) and a monomer having a gas atom represented by the formula (χ), and a monomer having a ruthenium atom represented by the formula (Ιχ) 100 parts by weight of the total amount of the nitrogen atom-containing monomer represented by the formula (X) is preferably from 0 to 100 parts by weight, more preferably from 50 parts by weight or less, from the viewpoint of enhancing hydrophilicity. More preferably, it is more preferably 10 parts by weight or less, and is not more than 0.3 parts by weight from the viewpoint of sufficiently exhibiting properties imparted by using the copolymerizable monomer, depending on the amount of the monomer which can be copolymerized with the monomer. Preferably, it is more preferably i weight or more, and further preferably 3 parts by weight or more. By polymerizing a monomer having a ruthenium atom represented by the formula (IX), a monomer having a nitrogen atom represented by the formula (χ), and, if necessary, a monomer component copolymerizable with the monomer. A (fluorenyl) acrylic polymer is obtained. When the monomer component is polymerized, a polymerization initiator is preferably used. The polymerization initiation =, for example, azobisisobutyronitrile, azoisobutyronitrile, azoisobutyric acid azobisdimethyl valeronitrile, benzene peroxide, potassium persulfate, ammonium persulfate, A Ketone derivatives, phosphine oxide derivatives, benzophenone derivatives, phenyl sulfides, azide derivatives, dinitride derivatives, disulfides "", etc., but the invention is not limited thereto This example. These polymerization initiators, 53 201211072, may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The weight of the 100-weight polymerization is not particularly limited, and it is usually a part of the monomer component, preferably 0. 01~1 〇. Further, in the present invention, a chain transfer agent can also be used in the polymerization of a monomer. The bond transfer agent is usually used by mixing with the Tianxing soap component. The chain transfer agent may, for example, be a thiol group-containing compound such as lauryl mercaptan, +-eleven thiol or thioglycerol; an inorganic salt such as sodium hypophosphite or sodium hydrogen sulfite, but the present invention is not Limited to this illustration. These chain transfer agents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The weight of the chain transfer is not particularly limited, and the weight of the monomer component is usually 0. 01 to 1 〇. The method of polymerizing the monomer component may, for example, be a solution polymerization method, but the invention is not limited to the examples. When the monomer component is polymerized by a solution polymerization method, for example, the monomer component can be dissolved in a solvent, and a polymerization initiator can be added while mixing the obtained solution to polymerize. An ester such as hexane or propylene dihydrofuran or acetic acid. The monopolymerization conditions/glutosity of the solution solutions may be exemplified by alcohols such as alcohols; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; and aromatic hydrocarbon compounds such as squeaky, stupid, and stupid; An alicyclic hydrocarbon compound such as a sulphate compound, an alicyclic hydrocarbon compound such as hexyl sulphate, or an acetate ester such as acetonitrile acetate, etc., but the invention is not limited to the exemplified agent', and may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The amount of the refrigerant is usually adjusted to a level of from 10 to 80% by weight based on the concentration of the monomer dissolved in the solvent. The polymerization temperature, the polymerization time, and the like for the polymerization of the monomer component are preferably adjusted according to the monomer composition, the type of the polymerization initiator, and the amount of the polymerization initiator. The atmosphere at the time of polymerization of the monomer is preferably an inert gas. The inert gas may, for example, be nitrogen gas, argon gas or the like, but the invention is not limited to the examples. The end of the polymerization reaction and the presence or absence of unreacted monomers in the reaction system can be confirmed, for example, by a general analysis method such as gas chromatography. By polymerizing the monomer component as described above, a (meth)acrylic acid-based polymer can be obtained. The viscosity average molecular weight of the (meth)acrylic polymer is sufficient to exhibit surface affinity: effect. The above is better than 50. From the viewpoint of the solubility of the (meth)acrylic polymer, it is preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 5 Å or less. Further, the viscosity average molecular weight of the (meth) acrylic acid polymer can be measured by, for example, a Ubbelde viscosity meter or the like. The surface hydrophilizing agent of the present invention may contain the above-mentioned acrylic polymer, but may contain other polymers, solvents, various additives, and the like, within the range not inhibiting the object of the present invention. The agent may be the same as the solvent used in the polymerization of the above monomer components. Examples of the solvent include g| such as methanol, ethanol, #propanol, and ethyl alcohol propylene glycol; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; and aromatics such as diethyl ether and tetramethyl ortho toluene. Hydrocarbon compound; an aliphatic hydrocarbon compound such as a positive appearance; an alicyclic hydrocarbon compound such as cyclohexyl; an acetate such as methyl acetate or ethyl acetate; however, the present invention is not limited to the examples. These solvents ' may be used alone or in combination of two or more. 55 201211072 The amount of the solvent is not particularly limited, and the concentration of the (meth)acrylic polymer in which the (meth)acrylic polymer is dissolved in a solvent is usually adjusted to a concentration of 10 to 80% by weight. The surface hydrophilized substrate of the present invention can be obtained by forming a film composed of a surface hydrophilizing agent on the surface of the substrate. The material of the substrate may be the same as that of the user of the third group of the present invention. Among the base materials, a base material having a hydroxyl group on its surface is preferred from the viewpoint of firmly fixing the (meth)acrylic polymer contained in the surface hydrophilizing agent of the present invention to a substrate. When a substrate having no hydroxyl group on its surface is used, from the viewpoint of firmly fixing the surface hydrophilizing agent of the present invention to a substrate, it is preferable to hydrophilize the surface by having a hydroxyl group on its surface. Further, for example, when a substrate composed of glass has a sufficient warp group on its surface, it is not necessary to hydrophilize its surface to allow a hydroxyl group to exist on its surface. The shape of the substrate may be the same as that of the user of the first group of the present invention. The method of applying the surface hydrophilizing agent of the present invention to a substrate may be the same as that of the first group of the present invention. The atmosphere at the time of applying the surface hydrophilizing agent of the present invention to a substrate is usually as long as it is at atmosphere. Further, the temperature at the time of coating is usually normal temperature, and may be heated. When the surface hydrophilizing agent of the present invention is applied to a substrate, the coating amount of the surface hydrophilizing agent of the present invention varies depending on the use of the substrate, and therefore cannot be determined in a general manner, and it is preferably adjusted according to the use thereof. . After the surface hydrophilizing agent of the present invention is applied to a substrate, it is preferred to heat the substrate from the viewpoint of improving production efficiency. The heating temperature of the substrate is not determined in a general manner depending on the heat resistance of the substrate of 8 56 201211072, and it is usually preferable that the temperature does not adversely affect the substrate in the range of 50 to 1501. Further, the surface hydrophilized substrate of the present invention may be produced by applying a monomer component onto a surface of a substrate to irradiate light or heating to polymerize a monomer component to form a film. The thickness (thickness after drying) of the film formed on the surface of the surface hydrophilized substrate of the present invention varies depending on the type or use of the surface hydrophilized substrate, and cannot be determined in a general manner, but usually is 1 〇 nm~ 1〇"m degree is better. As described above, the surface hydrophilizing agent of the present invention can be obtained by applying the surface hydrophilizing agent of the present invention to the surface of a substrate. In the surface-modified substrate of the present invention, since the (meth)acrylic polymer contained in the surface hydrophilizing agent of the present invention is immobilized on the surface thereof, the (meth)acrylic polymer can be imparted to the substrate. It has hydrophilicity and can be prevented from being lost due to moisture adhesion when the previous surfactant is used. [Examples] Next, the present invention will be described in more detail based on examples, but the present invention is not limited to the examples. The invention of the invention! Group ~ Invented Group 3, each group is independent. Therefore, the example numbers of the examples described in the respective groups are independent of each group. [Examples of the first group of the present invention] Example 1 has a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a condenser and a mixer. A 500 mL-capacity flask was charged with N-mercaptopropenyloxyethyl-N,N-dimethylammonium_α_Ν_methylcarboxybetaine (Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name. 57 201211072 GLBT) 32. 31 g, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxy decane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-8 03) 1. 55 g and ethanol 146·20 g. Degassing by reducing the pressure inside the flask Thereafter, nitrogen gas was introduced to return to normal pressure, and the oxygen in the flask was removed as much as possible. Next, the contents of the flask were heated to 65 ° C by an oil bath attached to the flask, and then azobisisobutyronitrile was added 1.83 g' while maintaining the temperature of the contents of the flask at 7 (TC was matured for 4 hours. Thereafter, 0.37 g of azobisisobutyronitrile was further added to the flask by maintaining the reaction temperature at 7 (rc for 4 hours). , obtaining a polymer solution. The obtained polymer solution was cooled to 30 t in a water bath to A 182.76 g of alcohol was diluted to obtain a (meth)acrylic acid polymer solution having a sulfonium group. The viscosity of the obtained (meth)acrylic polymer solution having an alkoxyfluorenyl group was obtained in Uber-Look Type viscometer [(share) 理 硝 硝 ' ' ' 品 品 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 The (meth)acrylic polymer solution having an alkoxy group is used as a surface modifier. Example 2 A 5 mL mL flask having a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a condenser, and a stirrer. Add N-methyl propylene oxiranyl ethyl-N,N-dimethylammonium _α_Ν_ methylcarboxybetaine [Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name: GLBT] 35.00g, 3-mercaptopropyl Base tris-oxydecane [Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.'s trade name: KBM-803] 3.27g and ethanol I53.10g. After degassing the internal pressure of the burned 8 58 201211072 bottle, the introduction of nitrogen is repeated. Press and remove the oxygen in the flask as much as possible. After the flask was placed in an oil bath, the contents of the flask were warmed to 65 ° C, and then azobisisobutyronitrile was added in 38 g, while the temperature of the contents of the flask was maintained at 70 ° C for 4 hours. Further, 0.38 g of azobisisobutyronitrile was further added to the flask while maintaining the reaction temperature at 7 Torr. The mash was aged for 4 hours to obtain a polymer solution. The obtained polymer solution was cooled to 3 Torr in a water bath. A solution of a (meth)acrylic polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group was obtained by diluting with ethanol 191.37 g. The use of the (meth)acrylic polymer solution having an alkoxyfluorenyl group was used as a surface modification. Quality agent. The viscosity of the obtained (meth)acrylic polymer solution having an alkoxyfluorenyl group is determined by a Ubbelde type viscometer (manufactured by Mutual Chemicals, product number: U-0327-26). 25. (Measurement, viscosity average molecular weight was found), and the viscosity average molecular weight was 3000. Example 3 In a 500 mL-capacity flask having a nitrogen gas introduction tube 'condenser and a stirrer', N-methyl propylene oxiranyl group was placed. n,N-dimethyl saddle-anthracene; an N-methyl basal betaine [Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name: 00g, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxydecane [Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry ( Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-803] 〇.75g and ethanol 143.02g. After degassing the internal pressure of the combustion, introduce nitrogen gas back to normal pressure, and remove the oxygen in the flask as much as possible. The contents of the flask were heated by an oil bath installed in a flask at 59 ° 20117272, and after adding 85 μg of azobisisobutyronitrile, the rnt degree of the contents of the flask was maintained at 7 ° C. After that, 0.36 g of azobisisobutyronitrile was further added to the flask, and the polymer solution was obtained by maintaining the reaction temperature at 7 (rc for 4 hours). The obtained polymer solution was cooled to 3 Torr in a water bath. 〇C, diluted with ethanol 1 78. 78g 'obtained with alkoxy a thiol-based (meth)acrylic polymer solution. The viscosity of the obtained (meth)acrylic polymer solution having an alkoxyfluorenyl group is determined by a Ubbel-type viscosity meter. Manufactured by the manufacturer, item No. U-0327-26] measured at 25 ° C to obtain a viscosity average molecular weight 'resulting in a viscosity average molecular weight of 5000. The (meth)acrylic polymer having an alkoxymethyl group The solution was used as a surface modifier. Example 4 In a 5 〇〇 mL capacity flask with a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a condenser and a stirrer, methoxy triethylene glycol acrylate was added [Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. Manufactured, product number: V-MTG] 30. 00g, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxy oxalate (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-803) 1.44g and ethanol 125.68g. After depressurization was carried out in the flask, nitrogen gas was introduced to return to atmospheric pressure to remove as much oxygen as possible from the flask. Next, by heating the contents of the flask to 651 by means of an oil bath installed in the flask, azo double was added. Isobutyronitrile 1. 57g, while the contents of the flask The mixture was aged at 70 ° C for 4 hours. Thereafter, 0.13 g of azobisisobutyronitrile was further added to the flask, and the mixture was aged for 4 hours while maintaining the reaction temperature at 7 ° C to obtain a polymer solution. The obtained polymer solution was cooled to 30 ° C in a water bath, and diluted with ethanol 157.10 g to obtain a (meth)acrylic acid polymer solution having an alkoxyfluorenyl group. The viscosity of the (meth)acrylic polymer solution was 25 by a Uber-Look-type viscometer (product number: U-0327-26) manufactured by Mutual Chemicals Co., Ltd. (: Measurement, viscosity average molecular weight was obtained, and the viscosity average molecular weight was 5 Å. The (meth)acrylic polymer solution having an alkoxy group was used as a surface modifier. Example 5 Nitrogen introduction tube, condenser and stirrer 5 〇〇 mL capacity flask, and put 2, 2, 2-trifluoroethyl decyl acrylate [Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.] Item No.: V-3FM 35.00 g, 3-phosphinopropyltrimethoxy oxime (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-803) 2.35 g and 149.39 g of ethanol. After degassing the pressure inside the flask, Introduce nitrogen back to normal pressure 'to remove as much oxygen as possible from the flask. Next' by adding the azobisisobutyronitrile LWg after heating the contents of the flask to 65 ° C by means of an oil bath installed in the flask The temperature of the contents of the flask was maintained at 70 ° C for 4 hours. Thereafter, 0.37 g of azobisisobutyronitrile was further added to the flask, and the reaction temperature was maintained for 4 hours to obtain a polymer. Solution. The resulting polymer solution was cooled to 3 Torr in a water bath. c, diluted with 186_74g of ethyl yeast to obtain a (meth)acrylic polymer solution having an alkoxyfluorenyl group. The viscosity of the (meth)acrylic polymer solution 61 201211072 obtained with an alkoxyfluorenyl group is The Bollard-type viscometer (manufactured by Mutual Chemicals Co., Ltd., product number: U-0327-26) is measured at 25 ° C to obtain a viscosity average molecular weight 'resulting in a viscosity average molecular weight of 4000. The oxetane-based (mercapto) acrylic polymer solution was used as a surface modifier. Example 6 In a 500 mL flask equipped with a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a condenser and a stirrer, 2-(perfluorohexyl) was placed. Ethyl decyl acrylate [manufactured by Daikin Industries Co., Ltd., article number: M-1620] 12.00g, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxy 矽 矽 〔 [Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-803] 〇. 29g and 2'2,2-trifluoroethanol 49.15g. After degassing the pressure inside the flask, introduce nitrogen gas back to normal pressure to remove as much oxygen as possible from the flask. The contents of the flask were heated to 65 by an oil bath installed in the flask. After C, azobisisobutyronitrile 0 61 g ' was added while maintaining the temperature of the contents of the flask at 70 ° C for 4 hours. Thereafter, azobisisobutyronitrile 〇.12 g was further added to the flask, and the reaction was carried out by the side. The temperature was maintained at 7 &>c for 4 hours to obtain a polymer solution. The obtained polymer solution was cooled to 3 ° C in a water bath and diluted with 2, 2 2- = gas ethanol 61 · 44 g to obtain an alkane. a solution of a (meth)acrylic polymer of oxyindenyl group. The viscosity of the obtained (meth)acrylic polymer solution having an alkoxyfluorenyl group is unilaterally viscous by a Ubbel-type viscosity meter. Made by the manufacturer of the nitrocellulose, the product number: ϋ-0327-26] is 25. (Measurement, the viscosity average molecular weight was determined, and as a result, the viscosity average molecular weight was 1,000,000. The (meth)acrylic polymer solution having an alkoxyfluorenyl group was used as a surface modifier. 8 62 201211072 Example 7 ~12 The surface modifier obtained in the example was flow-coated on a glass plate (length: braided, width: 1 〇 °, thickness: 1 (four)) 'after the remaining surface modifier was removed by washing with ethanol' The glass plate is placed in a warm air dryer, and dried at a temperature of mi for 3 G minutes to obtain a surface-modified substrate. Next, the physical properties of the surface-modified substrate obtained above, hot water resistance, contact angle with water, and The thickness of the overcoat was evaluated as follows. The results are shown in Table 1. [Heat-resistant water] 』 Drops of water on the surface-modified substrate, using a contact angle meter [leg A (stock)] in a 25 〇C atmosphere The contact angle with water was measured. Thereafter, the surface modified substrate was immersed in hot water heated at 8 G ° C for 5 hours to carry out a hot water test. Next, the surface modified substrate was subjected to the test. Removed from hot water, washed with water, attached to the surface After the water of the substrate was dried by gas, water droplets were dropped on the surface-modified substrate, and a contact angle meter (ERMA) was used to measure the contact angle with water in the atmosphere. The evaluation was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. Hot water resistance. (Evaluation criteria) 〇: The absolute value of the contact angle difference with respect to water before and after the hot water resistance test is less than 10 degrees X: The absolute value of the contact angle difference with respect to water before and after the hot water resistance test is i 〇 or more [contact angle with water] 〕 Water droplets were dropped on the surface-modified substrate, and the contact angle with water was measured in a 25 ° C atmosphere using a contact angle meter (ERMA (fraction) 63 201211072). [Thickness of the film] was formed by surface modification. The thickness of the cover film composed of the surface modifying agent of the material is measured using a stylus type differential meter [manufactured by KLA.TENK0R (product number: p_1〇). Further, in each of the examples, the surface modifier flow is performed. After coating on a glass plate and drying with hot air at 120 ° C for 30 minutes, the glass plate coated with the above surface modifier was exposed to water vapor at 90 ° C for 5 minutes. The antifogging property of the glass plate was visually observed. , evaluated by the following evaluation criteria. Evaluation criteria) 〇: The glass plate is not fogged X: The glass plate is fogged. The example number in Table 1 in the column of “Type of glass plate” refers to the surface obtained by using the number of this example. The modifier-flow-coated glass plate was used to investigate the physical properties. Comparative Example 1 In Example 7, a glass plate which was replaced with a surface modifier was used, and a glass plate which was not modified with a surface modifier was used. The contact angle with water and the antifogging property were similarly investigated. The results are shown in Table 1. ^Comparative Example 2 A 1% sodium laurate aqueous solution was applied to a glass plate, and the glass plate was placed in a warm air dryer at 120 ° C. The temperature was dried by warm air for 30 minutes to obtain a substrate treated with a surfactant. The physical properties of the obtained substrate were examined in the same manner as in Example 7. The results are shown in Table 1. 64 201211072 Comparative Example 3 A 1% aqueous solution of sodium tetradecanoate was applied to a glass plate, and the glass plate was placed in a warm air dryer and dried at a temperature of 12 Torr for 3 minutes to obtain a surfactant treatment. The substrate. The physical properties of the obtained substrate were investigated in the same manner as in Example 7. The results are shown in Table 1. Comparative Example 4 A 1% aqueous solution of sodium palmitate was applied onto a glass plate, and the glass plate was placed in a warm air dryer and dried by air at a temperature of 12 °C for 30 minutes to obtain a substrate treated with a surfactant. The physical properties of the obtained substrate were examined in the same manner as in Example 7. The results are shown in Table i. Further, the comparative example numbers described in "Types of Glass Plates" (4) in Table 1 are the properties of the glass sheets which were flow-coated with the surface modifier obtained by the comparative example numbers. Next, the observation results when the film of the character "_" is superimposed on the back surface of the glass substrate obtained in the seventh embodiment and the glass plate of the comparative example are shown in Figs. 1(a) and (b)e, respectively. Figure! (〇 and (1)) are pictorial substitute photographs showing the results of investigating the antifogging properties of the surface-modified substrate obtained in Example 7 and the glass plate of Comparative Example, respectively. From the results shown in Fig. 1, the surface-modified substrate obtained in Example 7 was able to clearly recognize the letter of r〇〇c" through the glass plate, and the glass plate of Comparative Example 1 was fogged, and "ooc" The text recognition has become blurred. 65 201211072 Table 1 Example No. Surface-modified glass substrate type of physical glass sheet Contact angle (degree) of hot water resistance to water Thickness (nm) of film (film) Antifogging property 7 Example 1 〇 4 20 〇 8 Example 2 〇4 20 〇9 Example 3 〇4 20 〇10 Example 4 〇9 20 〇11 Example 5 〇88 20 X 12 Example 6 〇107 20 〇Comparative Example 1 Untreated - 42 - X 2 Comparative Example 2 X 2 Since the film could not be measured 〇3 Comparative Example 3 X 3 Since the film could not be measured 〇4 Comparative Example 4 X 3 Since the film could not be measured 〇 From the results shown in Table 1, according to the respective examples, it is apparent that the alkane was changed by The properties of the (indenyl) acrylic polymer of oxyindenyl group impart hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity to the substrate. Further, in each of the examples, it was apparent that the substrate was provided with excellent water-purifying properties as compared with Comparative Examples 1 to 4. Therefore, it was found that a film which is not easily detached from the substrate even when it comes into contact with water can be formed. Example 1 3 A resin plate (length: 80 mm, width: 25 mm, thickness: 1.5 mm) made of ABS resin was used as a substrate. The resin plate was placed in a vacuum vessel, and after degassing, vapor of trimethoxydecane (vapor pressure: about 400 Pa) was introduced, and cerium oxide was vapor-deposited on the resin plate for 3 hours. The surface modifier obtained in Example 1 was applied to the above-mentioned vapor-deposited cerium oxide resin plate, and the remaining surface modifier was removed by washing with ethanol, and then the resin plate was placed in a warm air dryer at 80 ° C. The temperature was air-dried at 66 8 201211072 for 1 hour to obtain a surface-modified substrate. The surface-modified substrate obtained above was exposed to water vapor of 9 ° C for 5 minutes to visually observe the antifogging property of the glass plate, and it was confirmed that there was no fogging on the surface of the modified substrate. Thus, it can be seen that the surface modifying agent of the present invention can be fixed to the surface of the resin substrate by vapor-depositing the oxidizing dream on the surface of the resin substrate. [Example of Group 2 of the Present Invention] Production Example 1 In a flask of 5 〇〇 mL having a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a condenser and a stirrer, N-mercapto propylene oxyethyl-v, ν - Dimethylammonium _α_Ν_ methyl thiobetaine (made by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name: GUT) 32·31g, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxy decane [Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. , trade name: KBM-803] 1. 55g and ethanol 146. 20g » After degassing the pressure inside the flask, the nitrogen gas was introduced to return to normal pressure, and the oxygen in the flask was removed as much as possible. Next, the contents of the flask were heated to 65 C by means of an oil bath attached to the flask, and then 183 g of azobisisobutyronitrile was added, and the temperature of the contents of the flask was maintained at 70 ° C for 4 hours. Thereafter, 374 mg of azobisisobutyronitrile was further added to the flask, and the polymer solution was obtained by maintaining the reaction temperature at 7 Torr for 4 hours. The obtained polymer solution was cooled to 3 〇 〇c with a water bath, and diluted with ethanol 182.76 g to obtain a polymer solution having an alkoxy fluorenyl group. The viscosity of the obtained polymer solution having an alkoxyfluorenyl group is determined by a Ubbelde type viscosity meter (manufactured by Mutual Chemicals, manufactured by U.S. Patent No. U-0327-26) at 25t to obtain a viscosity. The average molecular weight, as a result, was 67.201211072 The viscosity average molecular weight was 15,000. Production Example 2 In a 500 inL capacity flask with a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a condenser and a stirrer, N-mercaptopropene oxiranyl-N,N-dimethylmethylcarboxybetaine (Osaka Organic Chemical Industry (Osaka Organic Chemical Industry) Co., Ltd., trade name: GLBT] 35·00 g, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxydecane [Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. product name: KBM-803] 3.27 g and ethanol 153.10 g. The oxygen in the flask was removed as much as possible by returning the inside of the flask to degassing and then introducing nitrogen gas to the normal pressure. Next, the contents of the flask were heated to 65 ° C by an oil bath attached to the flask, and then azobisisobutyronitrile (0 38 g) was added thereto while maintaining the temperature of the contents of the flask at 7 (TC ripening for 4 hours). After that, further add azobisisobutyronitrile 〇.38g to the flask, while maintaining the reaction temperature at 7 边. <t The mixture was aged for 4 hours to obtain a polymer solution. The obtained polymer solution was cooled to 3 Torr in a water bath, and diluted with ethanol 191.37 g to obtain a polymer solution having an alkoxy fluorenyl group. The viscosity of the obtained polymer solution having an alkoxyfluorenyl group is determined by a Ubbelde type viscosity meter (manufactured by Mutual Chemicals, manufactured by U.S. Patent No. U-0327-26) at 25 ° C. The viscosity average molecular weight was obtained, and as a result, the viscosity average molecular weight was 3,000. Production Example 3 In a 5-inch flask having a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a condenser, and a stirrer, N-methyl propylene oxiranyl ethyl group N-N, dimethylammonium _ 〇 ^ _ methyl group was placed. Carboxyl betaine (product of Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name · 68 201211072 GLBT) 35.0 Og, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxy decane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-803 0.75 g and 143.02 g of ethanol. After degassing the internal pressure of the flask, the nitrogen gas was introduced to return to normal pressure, and the oxygen in the flask was removed as much as possible. Next, the contents of the flask were heated to 65 ° C by an oil bath attached to the flask, and then azobisisobutyronitrile (89 g) was added thereto, while maintaining the temperature of the contents of the flask at 7 Torr. (: aging for 4 hours. Thereafter, azobisisobutyronitrile ruthenium.36 g was further added to the burnt-out while maintaining the reaction temperature for 4 hours to obtain a polymer solution. The obtained polymer solution was cooled in a water bath. To 30. (:, diluted with 178.78 g of ethanol to obtain a polymer solution having an alkoxy fluorenyl group. The viscosity of a polymer solution having a thiol group having a thiol group is known as a Ubbel-type viscosity meter [ (Stock) Manufactured by mutual chemical chemistry, product number: U-0327-26] The average molecular weight of the viscosity was determined by 25t: and the viscosity average molecular weight was 5000. Production Example 4 Having a nitrogen gas introduction tube, condensation 5 〇〇mL capacity flask of the mixer and mixer was placed in methoxydiethyl acrylate (Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): V-MTG 3UGg, 3_mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane Xiyuan [Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name: KM_8〇3] 14 snake and ethanol 125. 68g. After degassing the pressure inside the flask, introduce nitrogen gas back to normal pressure 'as much as possible inside the flask Oxygen elimination. The oil is installed in the flask by the person After bathing, the contents of the flask were heated to λ, and then 1.57 g of azobisisobutyronitrile was added, and the temperature (4) of the contents of the flask 69 201211072 was aged at 7 〇t: for 4 hours. The propylene diisobutyronitrile o.31g was added to the reaction solution while maintaining the reaction temperature for 4 hours to obtain a polymer solution. The obtained polymer solution was cooled to 3 Torr with a water bath, 157. 10 g diluted The viscosity of the polymer solution having the alkoxy fluorenyl group/the obtained polymer solution having the oxalate group is prepared by the Ubbelde type viscosity meter (manufactured by the mutual chemical chemistry). U-0327-26] Determined at 25 ° C, the viscosity average molecular weight average molecular weight is 5 〇〇h. Production Example 5 In a 5 〇〇 mL volume flask with a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a condenser and a stirrer, 2, 2, 2-trifluoroethyl methacrylate [Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. 'Item No.: V-3FM] 35.00 g, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxydecane [Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. ), trade name: KBM_8〇3] 2.34 and ethanol 149. 39g. After the internal pressure was reduced by degassing, nitrogen gas was introduced to return to normal pressure, and the oxygen in the flask was removed as much as possible. Next, the contents of the flask were heated to 65 ° C by an oil bath attached to the flask, and then azo was added. 187 g of diisobutyronitrile, and the temperature of the contents of the flask was maintained at 70 ° C for 4 hours. Thereafter, azobisisobutyronitrile 〇.37 g was further added to the flask, and the reaction temperature was maintained at 7 Torr. t The mixture was aged for 4 hours to obtain a polymer solution. The obtained polymer solution was cooled to 30 Torr in a water bath, and diluted with ethanol 18 6.74 g to give a polymer solution having an alkoxyfluorenyl group. The viscosity of the obtained polymer solution having an alkoxyfluorenyl group is determined by a Uber House 201211072 German-type viscometer (manufactured by Mutual Chemicals, manufactured by U.S. Patent No. U-0327-26) at 25 ° C. The viscosity average molecular weight was determined, and as a result, the viscosity average molecular weight was 4,000. Production Example 6 In a flask of 5 〇〇 mL capacity with a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a condenser and a stirrer, 2-(perfluorohexyl)ethyl decyl acrylate (Daikin Industry Co., Ltd., article number: M) was placed. -1620g, 12.00g, 3_mercaptopropyltrimethoxydecane [manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-803] 0·29g and 2, 2' 2-trifluoroethanol 49. 15g. After degassing the pressure inside the flask, nitrogen gas was introduced to return to normal pressure, and the oxygen in the flask was removed as much as possible. Next, by heating the contents of the flask to 65 ° C by installing the oil bath in the flask, 61 g of azobisisobutyronitrile was added, and the temperature of the contents of the flask was maintained at 7 (TC ripening 4). After that, further, azobisisobutyronitrile (12 g) was further added to the flask, and the mixture was aged for 4 hours while maintaining the reaction temperature at 70 ° C to obtain a polymer solution. The obtained polymer solution was cooled to 3 in a water bath. 〇乞, 2, 2, 2 - trifluoroethanol 61. 44g diluted to obtain a polymer solution having an alkoxy fluorenyl group. The viscosity of a polymer solution having an alkoxy fluorenyl group is known as a Ubbelde type. The viscosity meter [manufactured by Mutual Chemicals Co., Ltd., product number: U 0327-26] was measured at 251 to obtain a viscosity average molecular weight, and as a result, the viscosity average molecular weight was 1 〇〇〇〇. Example 1 in a 100 mL valley The sample vial was placed in the polymer solution of the oxysulfanyl group obtained in the production example 1 & 4.5 Gg' 3 拂 propyl propyl trimethoxy hydroxy [ letter 71 201211072 越化学工业有限公司) :ΚΒΜ-803〕〇.15g and ethanol 55. 35g 'mix it by stirring thoroughly Then, 0.1N hydrochloric acid O.Olg was added to the vial, and the mash was prepared by thorough stirring and mixing. On the other hand, in the sample bottle of l〇〇mL capacity, 2_(perfluorooctyl)ethyl group was placed. 50 00 g of (meth) acrylate and 25 〇g of triethylamine were prepared by thoroughly mixing and mixing the liquid 11. As described above, a two-component surface modifier composed of the I liquid and the liquid u was prepared. Next, 5 mL of the above-mentioned I solution was applied onto a glass plate (length: 1 mm, width: 100 mm, thickness: imm), and the remaining liquid was removed by washing with ethanol, and then the glass plate was placed in a warm air drying. In the machine, the substrate was heated at a temperature of 12 (rc for 30 minutes), and a substrate modified with a polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group was first obtained. The human was treated with the above-mentioned polymer having a thioxanthene group. The substrate was immersed in a preheated A 6 (rc & u liquid 1 〇 mL + 6 〇 minutes. Then the effluent was removed from the II liquid to remove the excess sputum, and the acetone remaining on the substrate was The air is dried to obtain a substrate modified with a surface modifier.

100mL容量的樣品瓶,放入製造例 例1所得之拉氧IA 100 mL-volume sample vial was placed in the pull-up I obtained in Production Example 1.

2〜(全氟辛 ,藉由充分地攪拌混合調製丨液 l〇〇mL容量的樣品瓶,放入 [液。 72 201211072 基)乙基丙烯酸酯50. 00g及三乙基胺2. 50g,藉由充分地 攪拌混合調製11液。 如以上’調製由I液與II液所組成之2液型表面改質 劑。其次’將上述所得Ϊ液5mL流塗於玻璃板(長:丨〇〇mm、 寬:lOOmm、厚:imm)上,以乙醇清洗去除剩餘的!液之 後,將該玻璃板放入溫風乾燥機内,以12〇〇c的溫度進行 30分鐘溫風乾燥,首先得到以具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物改 質之基板。 其次’以上述所得之具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物處理的 基板,浸潰於預先加溫為60。〇的π液l〇mL中6〇分鐘。 之後由該II液取出,以丙酮清洗該玻璃板去除過剩的II 液’將殘存於基板上的丙酮以空氣槍乾燥,得到以表面改 質劑改質之基板。 實施例3 於1 OOmL容量的樣品瓶,放入製造例i所得之烷氧基 矽基的聚合物溶液l_50g、3-狒基丙基三甲氧基矽烷〔信 越化學工業(股)製,商品名:KBM-803〕0. 45g及乙醇 58. 05g ’藉由充分地攪拌使之混合。之後,對該樣品瓶添 加0.1N鹽酸(K〇lg,藉由充分地攪拌混合調製I液。 另一方面,於100mL容量的樣品瓶,放入2-(全氟辛 基)乙基丙烯酸酯50. 00g及三乙基胺2. 50g ’藉由充分地 攪拌混合調製11液。 如以上’調製由I液與II液所組成之2液型表面改質 劑。10mL流塗於玻璃板(長:l〇〇mm、寬:100mm、厚:lmm) 73 t 201211072 上,以乙醇清洗去除剩餘的i液之後,將該玻璃板放入溫 風乾無機内’以120C的溫度進行3 0分鐘溫風乾燥,首先 得到以具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物改質之基板。 其次,以上述所得之具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物處理的 基板,浸潰於預先加溫為60°C的II液10mL中60分鐘。 之後由該II液取出’以丙酮清洗該玻璃板去除過剩的Η 液’將殘存於基板上的丙酮以空氣搶乾燥,得到以表面改 質劑改質之基板。 實施例4 於10 OmL容量的樣品瓶,放入製造例1所得之烷氧基 矽基的聚合物溶液0· 60g、3-狒基丙基三甲氧基矽烷〔信 越化學工業(股)製,商品名:KBM_8〇3〕〇. 54g及乙醇 58. 86g,藉由充分地攪拌使之混合。之後,對該樣品瓶添 加0.1N鹽酸O.Olg,藉由充分地攪拌混合調製〗液。 另一方面,於l〇〇mL容量的樣品瓶,放入2_(全氟辛 基)乙基丙烯酸酯50.00g及三乙基胺25〇g,藉由充分地 攪拌混合調製11液。 如以上,調製由I液與Π液所組成之2液型表面改質 劑。其次,將上述所得1液5此流塗於玻璃板(長:100mm、 寬:l_m、厚:lram)上’以乙醇清洗去除剩餘#丨液之 後,將該玻璃板放入溫風乾燥機内,以12〇。〇的溫度進行 30分鐘溫風乾燥,首先得到以且古 付Μ以具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物改 質之基板。 其次,以上述所得之具有燒氧基石夕基的聚合物處理的 74 201211072 基板,浸潰於預先加溫為6(TC的II液10mL·中60分鐘。2, ( perfluorooctyl, by agitating and mixing the sputum l〇〇mL volume of the sample vial, adding [liquid. 72 201211072 base) ethyl acrylate 50. 00g and triethylamine 2. 50g, The 11 liquid was prepared by thoroughly stirring and mixing. As described above, a 2-liquid type surface modifying agent composed of a liquid I and a liquid II is prepared. Next, 5 mL of the above-obtained mash was applied to a glass plate (length: 丨〇〇mm, width: 100 mm, thickness: imm), and the remaining one was removed by washing with ethanol! After the solution, the glass plate was placed in a warm air dryer and dried at a temperature of 12 ° C for 30 minutes to obtain a substrate modified with a polymer having an alkoxy group. Next, the substrate treated with the alkoxyfluorenyl group-derived polymer obtained above was immersed in a preheating temperature of 60. 〇 π liquid l〇mL in 6 〇 minutes. Thereafter, the solution was taken out from the II solution, and the glass plate was washed with acetone to remove excess II liquid. The acetone remaining on the substrate was dried with an air gun to obtain a substrate modified with a surface modifier. Example 3 In a sample vial of a capacity of 100 mL, a polymer solution of alkoxyfluorenyl group obtained in Production Example i was placed in an amount of 1-5 g, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxydecane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name) : KBM-803] 0. 45g and ethanol 58. 05g 'mixed by thorough stirring. Thereafter, 0.1 N hydrochloric acid (K〇lg was added to the vial, and the liquid I was prepared by thorough stirring. On the other hand, in a 100 mL-volume sample vial, 2-(perfluorooctyl)ethyl acrylate was placed. 50. 00g and triethylamine 2. 50g 'The 11 liquid is prepared by mixing with sufficient agitation. As described above, a 2-liquid surface modifier composed of I liquid and II liquid is prepared. 10 mL flow is applied to the glass plate ( Length: l〇〇mm, width: 100mm, thickness: lmm) 73 t 201211072, after washing with ethanol to remove the remaining liquid i, the glass plate is placed in a warm air-drying inorganic solution. The temperature is maintained at 120 °C for 30 minutes. Air drying, first obtaining a substrate modified with a polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group. Next, the substrate treated with the alkoxyfluorenyl group obtained as described above is impregnated with a preheating temperature of 60 ° C. The liquid of the second liquid was taken in 10 mL for 60 minutes. Then, the second liquid was taken out, and the glass plate was washed with acetone to remove excess sputum. The acetone remaining on the substrate was air-dried to obtain a substrate modified with a surface modifier. Example 4 The alkoxy group obtained in Production Example 1 was placed in a vial of 10 OmL capacity. Base polymer solution 0·60g, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxydecane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM_8〇3) 〇. 54g and ethanol 58.86g, by thorough stirring After mixing, 0.1N hydrochloric acid O.Olg was added to the vial, and the prepared solution was mixed by thorough stirring. On the other hand, in a sample bottle of l〇〇mL capacity, 2_(perfluorooctyl) was placed. 50.00 g of ethyl acrylate and 25 μg of triethylamine were mixed and prepared by thoroughly stirring and mixing. As described above, a two-component surface modifier composed of a liquid I and a mash was prepared. The obtained liquid 1 was applied to a glass plate (length: 100 mm, width: l_m, thickness: lram). After washing with ethanol to remove the remaining # 丨 liquid, the glass plate was placed in a warm air dryer at 12 Torr. The temperature of the crucible was dried by warm air for 30 minutes, and firstly, a substrate modified with a polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group was obtained. Next, 74 treated with the polymer obtained by the above-described alkoxy group. 201211072 The substrate was immersed in a pre-heating temperature of 6 (TC II solution 10 mL·60 minutes).

之後由該II液取出,以丙酮清洗該玻璃板去除過剩的II 液,將殘存於基板上的丙酮以空氣搶乾燥,得到以表面改 質劑改質之基板。 實施例5 於100mL容量的樣品瓶,放入製造例1所得之烷氧基 矽基的聚合物溶液〇.3〇g'3-狒基丙基三曱氧基矽烷〔信 越化學工業(股)製,商品名:KBM-803〕0. 57g及乙醇 59· 13g,藉由充分地攪拌使之混合。之後,對該樣品瓶添 加0. 1N鹽酸〇. 〇ig ’藉由充分地攪拌混合調製I液。 另一方面’於l〇〇mL容量的樣品瓶,放入2_(全氟辛 基)乙基丙烯酸酯50. 〇〇g及三乙基胺2. 5〇g,藉由充分地 攪拌混合調製11液。 如以上,調製由1液與Π液所組成之2液型表面改質 劑。其次,將上述所得I液5mL流塗於玻璃板(長:1〇〇mm、 寬:100mm、厚:lmm)上,以乙醇清洗去除剩餘的!液之 後,將該玻璃板放入溫風乾燥機内,以丨2(rc的溫度進行 30分鐘溫風乾燥,首先得到以具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物改 質之基板。 其次,以上述所得之具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物處理的 基板,浸潰於預先加溫為6〇χ的n液1〇mL中6〇分鐘。 之後由該II液取出,以丙酮清洗該玻璃板去除過剩的u 液,將殘存於基板上的丙酮以空氣搶乾燥,得到以表面改 質劑改質之基板。 75 201211072 實施例6 於lOOmL·容量的樣品瓶,放入製造例1所得之烷氧基 石夕基的聚合物溶液〇.〇6g、3-腓基丙基三曱氧基矽烷〔信 越化學工業(股)製’商品名:KBM_8〇3〕0. 59g及乙醇 5 9. 35g ’藉由充分地攪拌使之混合。之後,對該樣品瓶添 加0. 1N鹽酸0. 〇 1 g ’藉由充分地攪拌混合調製I液。 另一方面’於l〇〇mL容量的樣品瓶,放入2-(全氟辛 基)乙基丙烯酸酯50.〇〇g及三乙基胺2.50g,藉由充分地 攪拌混合調製11液。 如以上’調製由I液與II液所組成之2液型表面改質 劑。其次,將上述所得I液5mL流塗於玻璃板(長:丨〇 〇mm、 寬.100mm、厚:1關)上,以乙醇清洗去除剩餘的!液之 後,將該玻璃板放入溫風乾燥機内,以12(rc的溫度進行 分鐘溫風乾燥,得到以具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物處理的 基板。Thereafter, the liquid was taken out from the liquid, and the glass plate was washed with acetone to remove excess liquid II, and the acetone remaining on the substrate was air-dried to obtain a substrate modified with a surface modifier. Example 5 In a 100 mL-volume sample vial, a polymer solution of the alkoxyfluorenyl group obtained in Production Example 1 was placed in a 〇.3〇g'3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxy decane [Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. The product name: KBM-803] 0. 57g and ethanol 59·13g were mixed by thorough stirring. Thereafter, 0.1N hydrochloric acid 〇. 〇ig ' was added to the sample bottle to prepare the I liquid by thorough stirring. On the other hand, in a sample vial of 1 〇〇mL capacity, 2_(perfluorooctyl)ethyl acrylate 50. 〇〇g and triethylamine 2.5 〇g, prepared by thorough stirring and mixing 11 liquid. As described above, a two-component surface modifier composed of a liquid and a mash is prepared. Next, 5 mL of the above-mentioned I solution was applied to a glass plate (length: 1 mm, width: 100 mm, thickness: 1 mm), and the remaining one was removed by washing with ethanol! After the liquid, the glass plate was placed in a warm air dryer, and dried at a temperature of rc for 30 minutes, and a substrate modified with a polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group was first obtained. The polymer-treated substrate having an alkoxyfluorenyl group was immersed in 1 〇 mL of the n-liquid which was previously heated to 6 Torr for 6 。 minutes. Then, the II liquid was taken out, and the glass plate was washed with acetone to remove excess. In the liquid u, the acetone remaining on the substrate was air-dried to obtain a substrate modified with a surface modifier. 75 201211072 Example 6 The alkoxide obtained in Production Example 1 was placed in a sample vial of 100 mL·capacity.夕 的 的 的 〇 〇 〇 〇 g 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〔 〔 〔 〔 信 信 信 信 信 信 信 信 信 信 信 信 信 信 信 信 信 信The mixture was mixed well with agitation. After that, 0.1 N hydrochloric acid was added to the vial. 〇1 g 'The liquid I was prepared by thoroughly stirring and mixing. On the other hand, the sample vial of the volume of l〇〇mL was placed. 2-(perfluorooctyl)ethyl acrylate 50. 〇〇g and triethylamine 2.50g by charging Stir and mix and mix 11 liquids. As described above, prepare a 2-liquid surface modifier consisting of liquid I and liquid II. Secondly, 5 mL of the above-mentioned liquid I is applied to a glass plate (length: 丨〇〇mm, width) .100mm, thickness: 1)), after washing with ethanol to remove the remaining liquid, the glass plate is placed in a warm air dryer, and dried at a temperature of 12 (rc temperature for a minute to obtain an alkoxy alkoxide). Base polymer treated substrate.

其次,以上述所得之具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物處理的 基板,浸潰於預先加溫為6(rc的u液1〇‘中6〇分鐘。 之後由該II液取出,以丙酮清洗該玻璃板去除過剩的U 液’將殘存於基板上的丙_以空氣搶乾燥,得到以表面改 質劑改質之基板。 比較例1 於玻璃板上流塗1%月桂酸鈉水溶液,將該玻璃板放入 几乾燥機内,以12〇 c的溫度進行3〇分鐘溫風乾燥,得 到以先前的界面活性劑處理的基板。 76 201211072 比較例2 於玻璃板上流塗1%十四烷酸鈉水溶液,將該玻璃板放 入溫風乾燥機内,以12(rc的溫度進行3〇分鐘溫風乾燥, 得到以先前的界面活性劑處理的基板。 比較例3 於玻璃板上流塗1 %棕櫚酸鈉水溶液,將該玻璃板放入 温風乾燥機内,以12(rc的溫度進行3〇分鐘溫風乾燥,得 到以先前的界面活性劑處理的基板。 其次,將各實施例所得以表面改質劑改質的基板及以 各比較例所得之界面活性劑處理的基板的物性,以與水或 正癸烷的接觸角、以表面改質劑或界面活性劑形成的披膜 的厚度及耐水性,按照如下方法調查。將結果示於表 〔與水或正癸院的接觸角〕 於以表面改質劑改質的基板及以界面活性劑處理的基 板上,滴上水滴或正癸烷的液滴,將與水或正癸烷之接觸 角,於25°C大氣中以接觸角計〔ERMA(股)製〕測定。 〔披膜的厚度〕 將形成於以表面改質劑改質的基板及以界面活性劑處 理的基板上由表面改質劑或界面活性劑所組成的披膜的厚 度,使用觸針式段差計〔KLA. TENK〇R(股)製,品號:ρ_ι〇〕 測定。 〔财水性〕 將用於上述「與水或正癸炫的接觸角」以表面改質劑 改質之基板及以界面活性劑處理的基板,與水或正癸烷在 77 201211072 25C大氣中以接觸角計〔ERMA (股)製〕測定後,將以表面 改質劑改質的基板及以界面活性劑處理的基板浸自於加溫 為80°C的水中5小時。 其-人,由水中取出各基板,以水清洗,將附著於基板 的水以空氣搶乾燥之後,於25。〇大氣中測定與水的接觸角。 財水性係以对水試驗之後的基材與水的接觸角與耐水 試驗前的基材與水的接觸角的差,由求得之差的絕對用值 3平估。再者,該絕對值越小,基材的耐水性越佳。 實施例 編號 1 2 3 4 5 6 比較例 1 2 3 與水的接觸角(唐) 4 4 6 8 111 111 2 3 3 表面改質之基板”性質 與正癸烷的接觸角〔庶) 1 2 4 40 54 64 1 2 2 彼膜的厚度(nm) 20 20 20 20 20 20 由於係薄膜無法測定 由於係薄膜無法測定 土於係薄膜無法測定 耐水性 0 0 0 0 0 上 25 23 25 由表2所示實施例卜3的結果’纟面改質之基板,與 水的接觸角及與正癸烷的接觸角都很低,由此可知兼具親 水性與親油性。由&,可知使用本發明的2液型表面改質 劑,可同時對基材賦予親水性與親油性之相反的性質。 此外’由實施例4的結果’表面改質之基板,與水的 接觸角小’而與正癸院的接觸角A,可知賦予親水性與撥 油性。“,可知使用本發明的2液型表面改質劑可同 78 201211072 時對基板賦予親水性與撥油性。 再者’由實施例5〜6之結果,表面改質之基板’與水 的接觸角及與正癸烷的接觸角均很高,可知兼具撥水性及 撥油性。由此可知,使用本發明的2液型表面改質劑’可 對基材同時賦予關於撥水性及撥油性之性質。 由以上可知使用本發明的2液型表面改質劑,可同時 對基板賦予親水性、撥水性等的關於水的性質,及親油性、 撥油性等的關於油性成分的性質。 此外’於各實施例所得之表面改質之基板,即使是浸 潰於80 C的水中5小時之情形,由於耐水性優良,可知含 於表面改質劑之具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物堅固地固定於基 材,此外,(曱基)丙烯酸單體,經由具有硫醇基的矽烷偶 合劑堅固地固定於基材。 因此,使用本發明的2液型表面改質劑,可持續地對 基材賦予親水性、撥水性、親油性、撥油性等的性質。 〔本發明的第3組的實施例〕 實施例1 於具備氮氣導入管、冷凝器及攪拌機的^容量的燒 瓶,放入N-甲基丙烯醯氧乙基—N,N_:甲基銨_α_Ν_甲基 羧基甜菜鹼一水和物〔大阪有機化學工業(股)、的商品名: GLBT〕25.0g、r_甲基丙烯醯氧丙基三曱氧基矽烷〔信越 化學工業(股)製,商品名:KBM_5〇3〕3〇. 4及乙醇 500. 3g。藉由將燒瓶内壓減脫氣之後,導入氮氣回覆到常 79 201211072 其次,於燒瓶内添加偶氮雙異丁腈2.8g,邊將燒瓶的 内容物的溫度保持在7(rc熟成8小時後,以水浴冷卻至3〇 °c,得到(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液。將所得(甲基)丙烯 酸系聚合物溶液之黏度以烏伯樓德型黏度計〔(股)相互理 化學破子製造所製’品號:U-0327-26〕以25°C測定,求 得黏度平均分子量,結果其黏度平均分子量為39〇〇〇。將 該(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液使用作為表面親水化劑。 實施例2 於具備氮氣導入管、冷凝器及攪拌機的丨^容量的燒 瓶’放入N -甲基丙稀酿氧乙基- N,N -二曱基錄- qj-N-甲基 羧基甜菜鹼一水和物〔大阪有機化學工業(股)、的商品名: GLBT〕25.0g、r -甲基丙烯醯氧丙基三甲氧基矽烷〔信越 化學工業(股)製’商品名:KBM-503〕11. 4g及乙醇 327. 7g。藉由將燒瓶内壓減脫氣之後,導入氮氣回覆到常 壓。 其次在燒瓶内添加偶氮雙異丁腈l.8g,邊將燒瓶的内 谷物的溫度保持在7 0 C熟成8小時後,以水浴冷卻至3 〇 C ’得到(甲基)丙稀酸系聚合物溶液。將所得(甲基)丙稀 酸系聚合物溶液之黏度以烏伯樓德型黏度計〔(股)相互理 化學硝子製造所製’品號:U-0 32 7-26〕以25。(:測定,求 得黏度平均分子量’結果其黏度平均分子量為1〇〇〇〇。將 該(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液使用作為表面親水化劑。 實施例3 於具備氮氣導入管、冷凝器及攪拌機的1L容量的燒 80 201211072 瓶,放入N-曱基丙烯醯氧乙基_N,N_二甲基銨-〇:1_甲基 羧基甜菜鹼一水和物〔大阪有機化學工業(股)、的商品名: GLBT〕30.0g、τ -甲基丙烯醯氧丙基三甲氧基矽烷〔信越 化學工業(股)製,商品名:〇M-503〕3.6g及乙醇3〇2 〇g。 藉由將燒瓶内壓減脫氣之後,導入氮氣回覆到常壓。 其次在燒瓶内添加偶氮雙異丁腈l.7g,邊將燒瓶的内 容物的溫度保持在701:熟成8小時後,以水浴冷卻至3〇 °C ’得到(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液。將所得(甲基)丙稀 酸系聚合物溶液之黏度以烏伯樓德型黏度計〔(股)相互理 化學硝子製造所製,品號:U-0327-26〕以25°C測定,求 得黏度平均分子量,結果其黏度平均分子量為1〇〇〇〇。將 該(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液使用作為表面親水化劑。 實施例4 於具備氮氣導入管、冷凝器及攪拌機的丨[容量的燒 瓶’放入N-甲基丙烯醯氧乙基-n,N-二曱基銨-α_Ν_甲基 羧基甜菜鹼一水和物〔大阪有機化學工業(股)、的商品名: GLBT〕25.0g、r-甲基丙烯醯氧丙基三甲氧基矽烷〔信越 化學工業(股)製,商品名:KBM-503〕4.4g、丁基甲基丙稀 酸酯7.6g及乙醇333.5g。藉由將燒瓶内壓減脫氣之後, 導入氮氣回覆到常壓。 其次在燒瓶内添加偶氣雙異丁腈h9g,邊將燒瓶的内 容物的溫度保持在7 0 C熟成8小時後,以水浴冷卻至3 〇 C ’得到(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液。將所得(曱基)丙稀 酸系聚合物溶液之黏度以烏伯樓德型黏度計〔(股)相互理 201211072 化學硝子製造所製,品號:U-0327-26〕以25°C測定,求 得黏度平均分子量,結果其黏度平均分子量為24000。將 該(曱基)丙稀酸系聚合物溶液使用作為表面親水化劑。 實施例5 於具備氮氣導入管、冷凝器及攪拌機的1L容量的燒 瓶,放入N-甲基丙烯醯氧乙基-N, N-二甲基錄-α -N-曱基 羧基甜菜鹼一水和物〔大阪有機化學工業(股)、的商品名: GLBT〕25. Og、r -甲基丙烯酿氧丙基三甲氧基矽烷〔信越 化學工業(股)製’商品名:KBM-503〕4.4g、苯乙烯5.6g 及乙醇315. 2g«藉由將燒瓶内壓減脫氣之後,導入氮氣回 覆到常壓。 其次在燒瓶内添加偶氮雙異丁腈l.8g,邊將燒瓶的内 容物的溫度保持在7 0 °C熟成8小時後,以水浴冷卻至3 0 °C ’得到(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液。將所得(甲基)丙稀 酸系聚合物溶液之黏度以烏伯樓德型黏度計〔(股)相互理 化學硝子製造所製,品號:U-0327-26〕以25。(:測定,求 得黏度平均分子量’結果其黏度平均分子量為26〇〇〇。將 該(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液使用作為表面親水化.劑。 實施例6 於具備氮氣導入管、冷凝器及攪拌機的1L容量的燒 瓶,放入N-甲基丙烯醯氧乙基-n,N-二甲基銨-cn-N-甲基 羧基甜菜鹼一水和物〔大阪有機化學工業(股)、的商品名: GLBT〕25.0g' 7*-甲基丙烯醯氧丙基三甲氧基矽烷〔信越 化學工業(股)製’商品名:KBM-503〕4.4g、第三丁基異丁 82 ⑧ 201211072 烯胺7. 6g及乙醇333. Og。藉由將燒瓶内壓減脫氣之後, 導入氮氣回覆到常壓。 其次在燒瓶内添加偶氮雙異丁腈1.9g,邊將燒瓶的内 容物的溫度保持在7 0 °C熟成8小時後,以水浴冷卻至3 〇 °C ’得到(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液。將所得(甲基)丙稀 酸系聚合物溶液之黏度以烏伯樓德型黏度計〔(股)相互理 化學硝子製造所製,品號:U-0327-26〕以25eC測定,求 得黏度平均分子量,結果其黏度平均分子量為22000。將 該(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液使用作為表面親水化劑。 實施例7 於具備氮氣導入管、冷凝器及攪拌機的1L容量的燒 瓶’放入N-曱基丙稀醢氧乙基- N,N-二甲基按- α-Ν -甲基 羧基甜菜驗一水和物〔大阪有機化學工業(股)、的商品名: GLBT〕25.0g、曱基丙稀酿氧丙基甲基二甲氧基石夕院〔信 越化學工業(股)製,商品名:KBM-502〕30. 6g及乙醇 500. 3g。藉由將燒瓶内壓減脫氣之後,導入氮氣回覆到常 壓。 其次,於燒瓶内添加偶氮雙異丁腈2. 8g,邊將燒瓶的 内容物的溫度保持在7 〇 °C熟成8小時後,以水浴冷卻至3 〇 °C ’得到(甲基)丙稀酸系聚合物溶液。將所得(曱基)丙稀 酸系聚合物溶液之黏度以烏伯樓德型黏度計〔(股)相互理 化學硝子製造所製,品號:U-0327-26〕以25°C測定,求 得黏度平均分子量,結果其黏度平均分子量為34000。將 該(曱基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液使用作為表面親水化劑。 83 201211072 實施例8 於具備氮氣導入管、冷凝器及攪拌機的^容量的燒 瓶,放入N-曱基丙烯醯胺基乙基咄,卜二甲基銨_α_Ν_曱 基羧基甜菜鹼一水和物〔大阪有機化學工業(股)製〕 25. Og、r-甲基丙烯醯氧丙基三曱氧基矽烷〔信越化學工 業(股)製,商品名:KBM-503〕30.6g及乙醇500 3g。藉由 將燒瓶内壓減脫氣之後,導入氮氣回覆到常壓。 其次,於燒瓶内添加偶氮雙異丁腈2 8g,邊將燒瓶的 内容物的溫度保持在70°C熟成8小時後,以水浴冷卻至3〇 °C,得到(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液。將所得(甲基)丙烯 酸系聚合物溶液之黏度以烏伯樓德型黏度計〔(股)相互理 化學硝子製造所製,品號:U-0327-26〕以25。〇測定,求 得黏度平均分子量,結果其黏度平均分子量為35〇〇〇。將 該(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液使用作為表面親水化劑。 比較例1 於具備氮氣導入管、冷凝器及攪拌機的1L容量的燒 瓶,放入N-甲基丙烯醯氧乙基-N,N-二甲基甲基 緩基甜菜驗一水和物〔大阪有機化學工業(股)、的商品名. GLBT〕21.5g、丁基曱基丙烯酸酯28.5g及乙醇45〇 〇g。 藉由將燒瓶内壓減脫氣之後,導入氮氣回覆到常壓。 其次’於燒瓶内添加偶氮雙異丁腈2. 5g,邊將燒瓶的 内容物的溫度保持在70°C熟成8小時後,以水浴冷卻至3〇 C ’得到(曱基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液。將所得(曱基)丙稀 酸系聚合物溶液之黏度以烏伯樓德型黏度計〔(股)相互理 ⑧ 84 201211072 化學硝子製造所製,品號:U—0327 — 26〕以25<>c測定,求 得黏度平均刀子量’結果其黏度平均分子量為Μ咖。將 該(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液使用作為表面親水化劑。 比較例2 於具備氮氣導入管、冷凝器及攪拌機的几容量的燒 瓶,N,N-二甲基銨甲基丙烯酸酯的氣甲烷鹽2i 5g、甲 基丙烯醯氧丙基三甲氧基矽烷〔信越化學工業(股)製,商 品j : KBM-503〕28.5g及乙醇450.0g。藉由將燒瓶内壓減 脫氣之後’導入氮氣回覆到常壓。 其次,於燒瓶内添加偶氮雙異丁腈25g,邊將燒瓶的 内容物的溫度保持在7(rc熟成8小時後,以水浴冷卻至3〇 °C,得到(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液。將所得(甲基)丙烯 酸系聚合物溶液之黏度以烏伯樓德型黏度計〔(股)相互理 化學硝子製造所製,品號:u_0327_26〕以託它測定求 得黏度平均分子量,結果其黏度平均分子量為29〇〇〇。將 該(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液使用作為表面親水化劑。 比較例3 於具備氮氣導入管、冷凝器及攪拌機的況容量的燒 瓶,異丁烯酸21. 5g、甲基丙烯醯氧丙基三甲氧基矽烷 〔信越化學工業(股)製,商品名:KBM_5〇3〕28 5g及乙醇 450. Og。藉由將燒瓶内壓減脫氣之後,導入氮氣回覆到常 壓。 其次,於燒瓶内添加偶氮雙異丁腈2. 5g,邊將燒瓶的 内容物的溫度保持在7(TC熟成8小時後,以水浴冷卻至 £ 85 201211072 °c ’得到(曱基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液。將所得(甲基)丙烯 酸系聚合物溶液之黏度以烏伯樓德型黏度計〔(股)相互理 化學硝子製造所製’品號:U-0327-26〕以25。(:測定,求 得黏度平均分子量’結果其黏度平均分子量為22000。將 該(曱基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液使用作為表面親水化劑。 比較例4 於具備氮氣導入管、冷凝器及攪拌機的1L容量的燒 瓶,丁基曱基丙烯酸酯21.5g、r -甲基丙烯酿氧丙基三甲 氧基矽烷〔信越化學工業(股)製,商品名:KBM-503〕28.5g 及乙醇450. 0g»藉由將燒瓶内壓減脫氣之後,導入氮氣回 覆到常壓。 其次’於燒瓶内添加偶氮雙異丁腈2. 5g,邊將燒瓶的 内谷物的溫度保持在7 0 C熟成8小時後,以水浴冷卻至3 〇 C ’知到(甲基)丙稀酸系聚合物溶液。將所得(甲基)丙稀 酸系聚合物溶液之黏度以烏伯樓德型黏度計〔(股)相互理 化學硝子製造所製’品號:U-0327-26〕以25t測定,求 得黏度平均分子量,結果其黏度平均分子量為36〇〇〇。將 該(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液使用作為表面親水化劑。 實驗例 將各實施例或各比較例所得之表面親水化劑流塗於玻 璃板(長:lOOrnm、寬:l〇〇mm、厚lmm)上,以乙醇清洗去 除剩餘的表面親水化劑之後,將該玻璃板放入溫風乾燥機 内,以120°C的溫度進行30分鐘進行溫風乾燥,得到表面 親水化基材。 ⑧ 86 201211072 u '、 將上过所传之表面親水化基材的物性,以對水 、接觸角耐摩擦性 '耐水性、对溶劑性及披膜的厚度以 如下方法評估。將結果示於表3。 〔對水之接觸角〕 ,對表面親水化基材滴上水滴,使用接觸角計〔ERMA(股) 製〕以25 C測定對水之接觸角,以如下評估基準評估。 (評估基準) Ο :對水的接觸角未滿1〇度 X.對水的接觸角為10度以上 〔耐摩擦性〕 以摩擦佈〔日本造紙CRECIA(股)製,商品名:KIMWIPE s 20 0〕對表面親水化基材,以荷重擦拭3咖次之後, 將水滴滴於其表面,於25。㈣氣氛中測定對水的接觸角, 以如下評估基準評估。 (評估基準) 〇:對水的接觸角未滿1 〇度 X.對水的接觸角為10度以上 〔耐水性〕 將表面親水化基材浸潰在加溫為的熱水中5時間 之後,將表面親水化基材由該熱水取出,藉由測定對水之 接觸角調查表面親水化基材上的含於表面親水化劑之(甲 基)丙稀酸系聚合物是否有溶出於熱水中,以如下評估基準 評估。 (評估基準) 87 201211072 〇:耐水性試驗後對水的接觸角未滿1 0度 X :耐水性試驗後對水的接觸角為1 〇度以上 〔耐溶劑性〕 藉由將表面親水化基材浸潰在加溫為4〇度的丙酮中i 小時’進行耐溶劑性試驗後’將表面親水化基材由該丙酮 中取出’藉由測定對水之接觸角調查表面親水化基材上的 含於表面親水化劑之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物是否有溶出於 丙調中,以如下評估基準評估。 (評估基準) 〇:耐溶劑試驗後對水的接觸角未滿1 〇度 x :耐溶劑試驗後對水的接觸角為1 〇度以上 〔披膜的厚度〕 將形成於表面親水化基材之表面親水化劑所組成的彼 膜的厚度’以觸針式段差計〔KLA· TENK0R(股)製,品號: P-10〕測定。 表3 實施例 編號 ------- 對水之垃細& 表面I L水化的基4 i的性質-J 1 〇 〇 耐摩擦性 〇 耐水性 〇 耐溶劑性 〇 彼膜的厚度(um) 3 L Q 〇 〇 〇 〇 3 ό λ 〇 〇 〇 〇 3 4 C 〇 〇 〇 〇 3 D 0 〇 〇 〇 〇 3 0 7 〇 〇 〇 〇 3 1 0 〇 〇 〇 〇 3 〇 Ο 〇 〇 〇 3 比較例 1 0 〇 X X X 3 L Q X 〇 〇 〇 3 0 A X 〇 〇 〇 3 ft X 〇 〇 〇 3 88 ⑧ 201211072 由表3所示的結果,可知各實施例所得之表面親水化 劑’可對基材賦予親水性。此外,由於各實施例所得之表 面親水化劑,相較於比較例1〜4,可對基材賦予較優良的 财摩擦性、耐水性及财溶劑性’由此可知可形成即使與水 接觸時亦不容易由基材脫離之親水性披膜。 [產業上的利用可能性] 本發明的第1組的表面改質劑,由於可藉由對玻璃、 金屬、有機物等的各種材質所組成的基材塗佈而於其表面 賦予所其望的性質’故可期待使用於尖端醫療器具、人工 臟器等的矽膠樹脂表面的親水化技術,或防止蛋白質、細 胞等的附著的技術。此外,本發明的第1組的表面改質劑, 由於可容易地使汽車玻璃、鏡子等的表面親水化,故亦有 用於對鏡子、太陽能電池板的玻璃面、住宅的窗戶等賦予 防霧性或自潔功能’對液晶顯示器等藉由帶電防止防止 塵埃或粉塵等的附著之情形。 本發明的第2組的2液型表面改質劑,可藉由對玻璃、 金屬、有機物等的各種材質,於其表面上塗佈具有羥基等 的基材,可對其表面賦予所其望的性質,故可期待使用於 尖翊醫療器具、人工臟器等的矽膠樹脂表面的親水化技 術或防止蛋白質、細胞等的附著技術。此外,本發明的 第2組的2液型表面改質劑,由於可容易地使汽車的玻璃、 鏡子等的表面親水化的同時由於固定於其表面故亦有用 於對鏡子、太陽能電池板的玻璃面、住宅的窗戶等賦予防 霧性或自潔功g ’對液晶顯示器等藉由帶變防止,防止塵 89 201211072 埃或粉塵等的附著之情形。 本發明的第3組的表面親水化劑,可藉由對玻璃、金 屬、有機物等的各種的材質所組成的基材塗佈而對該基材 表面賦予親水性’故可期待使用於尖端醫療器具、人工臟 器等的石夕膠樹脂表面的親水化技術,或防止蛋白質、細胞 等的附著技術。再者’本發明的表面親水化劑,塗佈於食 品的包裝材料時’由於細菌及細菌等變的不容易附著,故 可期待食品衛生的提升。此外,本發明的第3組的表面親 水化劑,由於可容易地使汽車的玻璃、鏡子等的表面親水 化的同時由於固定於其表面,故亦有用於對鏡子、太陽能 電池板的玻璃面、住宅的窗戶等賦予防霧性或自潔功能, 對液晶顯不器等藉由帶變防止,防止塵埃或粉塵等的附著 之清I此外本發明的第3組的表面親水化劑,塗佈於 船底的表面時,可賦予該船底親水性,故可期待貢獻於減 少船的油耗。 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1(a)及(b)係表示在於本發明的第1組,分別使用 實施例7所得之表面暂真# a a & y , 卸改質基材及比較例1的玻璃板調查防 霧性的結果之圖面代用照片。 【主要元件符號說明] 益 ⑧ 90Next, the substrate treated with the alkoxyfluorenyl group-derived polymer obtained above was impregnated for 6 minutes in a pre-heated state of 6 (rc liquid of rc). After that, it was taken out from the liquid II and washed with acetone. The glass plate removes the excess U liquid', and the silicon remaining on the substrate is dried by air to obtain a substrate modified with a surface modifier. Comparative Example 1 A 1% sodium laurate aqueous solution is applied to a glass plate, and the solution is applied. The glass plate was placed in several dryers and dried at a temperature of 12 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a substrate treated with the previous surfactant. 76 201211072 Comparative Example 2 Flow of 1% sodium tetradecanoate on a glass plate The aqueous solution was placed in a warm air dryer, and dried at a temperature of 12 (rc) for 3 minutes, and a substrate treated with the previous surfactant was obtained. Comparative Example 3 Flow of 1% palmitic acid on a glass plate The aqueous solution of sodium was placed in a warm air dryer, and dried at a temperature of 12 (rc for 3 minutes at room temperature to obtain a substrate treated with the previous surfactant. Next, the surface obtained by each example was modified by surface. Modified substrate and The physical properties of the surfactant-treated substrate obtained in the comparative example were investigated by the following method by the contact angle with water or n-decane, the thickness of the overcoat formed of the surface modifier or the surfactant, and the water resistance. Shown in the table [contact angle with water or brothel] on a substrate modified with a surface modifier and a substrate treated with a surfactant, droplets of water droplets or n-decane are dropped, and water or positive The contact angle of decane was measured by contact angle (manufactured by ERMA) in an atmosphere of 25 ° C. [Thickness of the film] It was formed on a substrate modified with a surface modifier and treated with a surfactant. The thickness of the cover film composed of the surface modifier or the surfactant on the substrate is measured by a stylus type differential meter [KLA. TENK〇R (product), article number: ρ_ι〇]. The above-mentioned "contact angle with water or Zhengxuan" substrate modified with a surface modifier and a substrate treated with a surfactant, with water or n-decane in the contact angle of 77 201211072 25C atmosphere [ERMA ( After the measurement, the base will be modified with a surface modifier. And the substrate treated with the surfactant is immersed in water heated to 80 ° C for 5 hours. The person, the substrate is taken out from the water, washed with water, and the water adhering to the substrate is dried by air, after 25 The contact angle with water is measured in the atmosphere. The difference between the contact angle between the substrate and water after the water test and the contact angle between the substrate and the water before the water resistance test is used for the absolute difference. Further, the smaller the absolute value, the better the water resistance of the substrate. Example No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Comparative Example 1 2 3 Contact angle with water (Tang) 4 4 6 8 111 111 2 3 3 Surface modified substrate" contact angle with n-decane [庶] 1 2 4 40 54 64 1 2 2 Thickness of the film (nm) 20 20 20 20 20 20 Since the film cannot be measured due to the film Unable to measure soil-based film. Water resistance could not be measured. 0 0 0 0 0 25 23 25 Results from Example 3 shown in Table 2 'The surface of the substrate modified with water, contact angle with water and contact with n-decane The angles are very low, and thus it is known that both hydrophilic and lipophilic. From &, it is understood that the use of the two-component surface modifier of the present invention can impart properties opposite to hydrophilicity and lipophilicity to the substrate at the same time. Further, the substrate which was surface-modified by the result of Example 4 had a small contact angle with water, and the contact angle A with the positive broth was such that hydrophilicity and oil repellency were imparted. "It is understood that the use of the two-component surface modifier of the present invention can impart hydrophilicity and oil repellency to the substrate at 78 201211072. Further, by the results of Examples 5 to 6, the surface-modified substrate is in contact with water. Both the angle and the contact angle with n-decane are both high, and it is understood that both the water repellency and the oil repellency are obtained. It is understood that the two-component surface modifier of the present invention can be used to impart water repellency and oil repellency to the substrate. In the above, it is known that the two-component surface modifier of the present invention can simultaneously impart properties such as wateriness and water repellency to the substrate, and properties relating to oily components such as lipophilicity and oil repellency. The surface-modified substrate obtained in each of the examples was excellent in water resistance even when it was immersed in water of 80 C for 5 hours, and it was found that the polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group contained in the surface modifier was strong. The substrate is fixed to the substrate, and the (meth)acrylic monomer is firmly fixed to the substrate via a decane coupling agent having a thiol group. Therefore, the two-component surface modifier of the present invention can be used continuously. Substrate assignment (After the third group of the present invention) Example 1 In a flask equipped with a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a condenser, and a stirrer, N-methyl group was placed. Propylene oxiranyl ethyl-N,N_:methylammonium _α_Ν_methylcarboxybetaine monohydrate and water [Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name: GLBT] 25.0g, r_methacrylofluorene Propyltrimethoxy decane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM_5〇3) 3〇. 4 and ethanol 500. 3g. After degassing the pressure inside the flask, the nitrogen gas is introduced to return to the constant 79. 201211072 Next, 2.8 g of azobisisobutyronitrile was added to the flask, and the temperature of the contents of the flask was maintained at 7 (the rc was aged for 8 hours, and then cooled to 3 ° C in a water bath to obtain a (meth)acrylic acid system. The polymer solution. The viscosity of the obtained (meth)acrylic polymer solution is 25° by Uberland-type viscometer (product number: U-0327-26) manufactured by Mutual Chemicals Co., Ltd. When C was measured, the viscosity average molecular weight was determined, and as a result, the viscosity average molecular weight was 39 Å. The (meth)acrylic polymer solution was used as a surface hydrophilizing agent. Example 2 In a flask equipped with a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a condenser, and a stirrer, N-methyl propylene oxide oxyethyl group was placed. N,N-diguanidinyl-qj-N-methylcarboxybetaine monohydrate and water (Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name: GLBT) 25.0g, r-methacryloxypropyltrimethyl Oxy decane [trade name: KBM-503] manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. 11.4 g and ethanol 327. 7 g. After degassing the pressure inside the flask, nitrogen gas was introduced to return to normal pressure. After adding 1.8 g of azobisisobutyronitrile, the temperature of the inner grain of the flask was maintained at 70 C for 8 hours, and then cooled to 3 〇C ' in a water bath to obtain a (meth)acrylic acid polymer solution. The viscosity of the obtained (meth) acryl-based polymer solution was determined by a Ubbel-type viscometer (manufactured by Mutual Chemicals Co., Ltd., product number: U-0 32 7-26). (: Measurement, viscosity average molecular weight was obtained, and the viscosity average molecular weight was 1 Å. The (meth)acrylic polymer solution was used as a surface hydrophilizing agent. Example 3 was provided with a nitrogen introduction tube, and condensed. 1L capacity of the machine and mixer 80 201211072 bottle, put N-mercapto propylene oxiranyl _N,N-dimethylammonium-〇:1_methylcarboxybetaine-water and substances [Osaka Organic Chemistry Industrial (stock), trade name: GLBT] 30.0g, τ-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxydecane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: 〇M-503) 3.6g and ethanol 3〇 2 〇g. After degassing the pressure inside the flask, the nitrogen gas was introduced to return to normal pressure. Next, 1.7 g of azobisisobutyronitrile was added to the flask while maintaining the temperature of the contents of the flask at 701: ripening. After 8 hours, the solution was cooled to 3 ° C by water bath to obtain a (meth)acrylic polymer solution. The viscosity of the obtained (meth)acrylic acid polymer solution was determined by a Uber-Lloyd type viscosity meter. Manufactured by mutual chemical chemistry, product number: U-0327-26] measured at 25 ° C The viscosity average molecular weight was determined, and as a result, the viscosity average molecular weight was 1. The (meth)acrylic polymer solution was used as a surface hydrophilizing agent. Example 4 was provided with a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a condenser, and a stirrer.丨 [Capacity flask] is placed in N-methyl propylene oxiranyl-n, N-dimercaptoammonium-α_Ν_methylcarboxybetaine monohydrate and product (Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) Name: GLBT] 25.0g, r-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxydecane [manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-503] 4.4g, butyl propyl acrylate 7.6g and ethanol 333.5 g. After the pressure in the flask was degassed, the nitrogen gas was introduced to return to normal pressure. Next, argon diisobutyronitrile h9g was added to the flask, and the temperature of the contents of the flask was maintained at 70 C for 8 hours. The solution was cooled to 3 〇C ' in a water bath to obtain a (meth)acrylic polymer solution. The viscosity of the obtained (mercapto)acrylic polymer solution was determined by a Ubbel-type viscosity meter. Made by chemical glass manufacturer, article number: U-0327-26] to 25 The viscosity average molecular weight was determined by ° C, and the viscosity average molecular weight was 24,000. The (mercapto)acrylic acid polymer solution was used as a surface hydrophilizing agent. Example 5 was provided with a nitrogen gas introduction tube and a condenser. A 1 L-capacity flask of a blender was charged with N-methylpropenyloxyethyl-N,N-dimethyl-α-N-decylcarboxybetaine-water (Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., Trade name: GLBT] 25. Og, r-methyl propylene oxypropyl trimethoxy decane [Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.'s trade name: KBM-503] 4.4g, styrene 5.6g and ethanol 315. 2g « After degassing the pressure inside the flask, nitrogen gas was introduced to return to normal pressure. Next, 1.88 g of azobisisobutyronitrile was added to the flask, and the temperature of the contents of the flask was maintained at 70 ° C for 8 hours, and then cooled to 30 ° C in a water bath to obtain (meth)acrylic acid. Polymer solution. The viscosity of the obtained (meth) acryl-based polymer solution was determined by a Ubbelde type viscometer (manufactured by Mutual Chemicals, manufactured by U.S. Patent No. U-0327-26). (Measurement, viscosity average molecular weight was obtained, and the viscosity average molecular weight was 26 Å. The (meth)acrylic polymer solution was used as a surface hydrophilizing agent. Example 6 was provided with a nitrogen introduction tube, and condensed. a 1 L capacity flask of a stirrer and a mixture of N-methyl propylene oxiranyl-n,N-dimethylammonium-cn-N-methylcarboxybetaine monohydrate and water (Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. Product Name: GLBT] 25.0g' 7*-Methyl propylene oxime propyl trimethoxy decane [Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.'s trade name: KBM-503] 4.4g, butyl butyl butyl 82 8 201211072 Enamine 7. 6g and ethanol 333. Og. After degassing the pressure in the flask, the nitrogen gas was introduced to return to normal pressure. Next, 1.9 g of azobisisobutyronitrile was added to the flask while the flask was placed. The temperature of the contents was maintained at 70 ° C for 8 hours, and then cooled to 3 ° C by a water bath to obtain a (meth)acrylic polymer solution. The viscosity of the obtained (meth)acrylic polymer solution was obtained. Made by Uber Loude type viscometer [(shares) mutual chemical chemistry manufacturing, product number :U-0327-26] The viscosity average molecular weight was determined by 25 eC, and the viscosity average molecular weight was 22,000. The (meth)acrylic polymer solution was used as a surface hydrophilizing agent. Example 7 was introduced with nitrogen gas. 1L capacity flask of tube, condenser and agitator 'into N-mercapto propylene oxyethyl-N,N-dimethyl-α-Ν-methylcarboxy beet test water and substance [Osaka Organic Chemical industry (share), trade name: GLBT] 25.0g, mercapto propylene oxypropyl methyl dimethoxy stone Xiyuan (Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-502) 30. 6g 5克。 While the internal pressure of the flask was reduced by degassing, the introduction of nitrogen was added to the normal pressure. Next, the azobisisobutyronitrile was added to the flask 2. 8g, while maintaining the temperature of the contents of the flask After aging at 8 °C for 8 hours, the solution was cooled to 3 °C by a water bath to obtain a (meth)acrylic acid polymer solution. The viscosity of the obtained (mercapto)acrylic polymer solution was obtained in Uber House. German-type viscometer [(share) made by mutual chemical chemistry, manufactured by U-0327-26] 2 The viscosity average molecular weight was determined at 5 ° C, and the viscosity average molecular weight was 34000. The (fluorenyl) acrylic polymer solution was used as a surface hydrophilizing agent. 83 201211072 Example 8 A nitrogen gas introduction tube and a condenser were provided. In the flask of the mixer, the N-mercapto acrylamidoethyl hydrazine, bisdimethylammonium _α_Ν_mercaptocarboxybetaine monohydrate and water (Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 25 Og, r-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxy decane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-503) 30.6 g and ethanol 500 3 g. After degassing the pressure inside the flask, nitrogen gas was introduced to return to normal pressure. Next, 2 8 g of azobisisobutyronitrile was added to the flask, and the temperature of the contents of the flask was maintained at 70 ° C for 8 hours, and then cooled to 3 ° C in a water bath to obtain (meth)acrylic polymerization. Solution. The viscosity of the obtained (meth)acrylic polymer solution was 25 by a Ubbelde type viscometer (manufactured by Mutual Chemicals, manufactured by U.S. Patent No. U-0327-26). The enthalpy was measured to obtain a viscosity average molecular weight, and as a result, the viscosity average molecular weight was 35 Å. This (meth)acrylic polymer solution was used as a surface hydrophilizing agent. Comparative Example 1 In a 1 L-capacity flask equipped with a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a condenser, and a stirrer, N-methyl propylene oxiranyl-N,N-dimethylmethyl ketone beet was used to test the water and the substance [Osaka Organic chemical industry (trade name), trade name. GLBT] 21.5g, butyl methacrylate 28.5g and ethanol 45〇〇g. After degassing the pressure inside the flask, nitrogen gas was introduced to return to normal pressure. Next, '2,5 g of azobisisobutyronitrile was added to the flask, and the temperature of the contents of the flask was maintained at 70 ° C for 8 hours, and then cooled to 3 ° C ' in a water bath to obtain (fluorenyl) acrylic polymerization. Solution. The viscosity of the obtained (mercapto) acrylic acid polymer solution is Ubbelde type viscometer [(shares) 8 84 201211072 chemical glass manufacturing system, article number: U-0327-26] to 25 <> c measurement, to obtain the viscosity average knife amount 'results, the viscosity average molecular weight is Μ 。. This (meth)acrylic polymer solution was used as a surface hydrophilizing agent. Comparative Example 2 In a flask having a volume of a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a condenser, and a stirrer, a gas methane salt of N,N-dimethylammonium methacrylate 2i 5 g, methacryloxypropyltrimethoxydecane [ Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., product j: KBM-503] 28.5 g and ethanol 450.0 g. After degassing the pressure inside the flask, the introduction of nitrogen was repeated to normal pressure. Next, 25 g of azobisisobutyronitrile was added to the flask, and the temperature of the contents of the flask was maintained at 7 (the rc was aged for 8 hours, and then cooled to 3 ° C in a water bath to obtain a (meth)acrylic polymer. The viscosity of the obtained (meth)acrylic polymer solution is determined by a Ubbelde type viscometer (manufactured by Mutual Chemicals, product number: u_0327_26) to determine the viscosity average molecular weight. As a result, the viscosity average molecular weight was 29 Å. The (meth)acrylic polymer solution was used as a surface hydrophilizing agent. Comparative Example 3 In a flask having a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a condenser, and a stirrer, methacrylic acid 21. 5g, methacrylic acid methoxypropyl trimethoxy decane [manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM_5〇3] 28 5g and ethanol 450. Og. After degassing the pressure inside the flask, The nitrogen was introduced to the normal pressure. Next, the azobisisobutyronitrile was added to the flask at 2.5 g, and the temperature of the contents of the flask was maintained at 7 (the TC was aged for 8 hours, and then cooled in a water bath to £85 201211072 °c. 'Get (曱Acrylic polymer solution. The viscosity of the obtained (meth)acrylic polymer solution is determined by a Ubbelde type viscometer [product number: U-0327-26] 25. (: Measurement, viscosity average molecular weight was obtained, and the viscosity average molecular weight was 22,000. The (mercapto) acrylic polymer solution was used as a surface hydrophilizing agent. Comparative Example 4 was provided with a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a condenser, and 1 L capacity flask of a stirrer, 21.5 g of butyl methacrylate, r-methyl propylene oxypropyl trimethoxy decane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-503) 28.5 g and ethanol 450 0g» After degassing the pressure in the flask, the nitrogen gas was introduced to return to normal pressure. Next, '2,5 g of azobisisobutyronitrile was added to the flask while maintaining the temperature of the inner grain of the flask at 70 C. After 8 hours of aging, the solution was cooled to 3 〇C by a water bath to obtain a (meth)acrylic acid polymer solution. The viscosity of the obtained (meth)acrylic acid polymer solution was determined by a Ubbelde type viscometer. 〔(股) mutual chemical chemistry manufacturing The product number: U-0327-26 was measured at 25 t to obtain a viscosity average molecular weight, and as a result, the viscosity average molecular weight was 36 A. The (meth)acrylic polymer solution was used as a surface hydrophilizing agent. Experimental Example The surface hydrophilizing agent obtained in each of the examples or the comparative examples was applied onto a glass plate (length: 100 nm, width: 10 mm, thickness lmm), and after washing with ethanol to remove the remaining surface hydrophilizing agent, The glass plate was placed in a warm air dryer, and dried at a temperature of 120 ° C for 30 minutes to obtain a surface hydrophilized substrate. 8 86 201211072 u ', the surface of the hydrophilized substrate was transferred The physical properties were evaluated in the following manner with respect to water, contact angle rubbing resistance, water resistance, solvent property, and thickness of the overcoat. The results are shown in Table 3. [Contact angle to water], water droplets were dropped on the surface hydrophilized substrate, and the contact angle with respect to water was measured at 25 C using a contact angle meter (ERMA), and evaluated by the following evaluation criteria. (Evaluation criteria) Ο : The contact angle with water is less than 1 degree X. The contact angle with water is 10 degrees or more (friction resistance). Rubbing cloth [made by Japan Paper CRECIA Co., Ltd., trade name: KIMWIPE s 20 0] After the surface of the hydrophilized substrate was wiped 3 times with a load, water droplets were dropped on the surface at 25. (4) The contact angle with respect to water was measured in the atmosphere and evaluated by the following evaluation criteria. (Evaluation criteria) 〇: The contact angle with water is less than 1 〇 X. The contact angle with water is 10 degrees or more [Water resistance] The surface hydrophilized substrate is immersed in heated hot water for 5 hours. The surface hydrophilized substrate was taken out from the hot water, and the contact angle of water was measured to investigate whether the (meth)acrylic polymer contained in the surface hydrophilizing agent on the surface hydrophilizing substrate was dissolved. In hot water, it is evaluated on the basis of the following evaluation criteria. (Evaluation Criteria) 87 201211072 〇: The contact angle with water after the water resistance test is less than 10 degrees X: The contact angle with water after the water resistance test is 1 〇 or more [solvent resistance] by hydrophilizing the surface The material was immersed in acetone heated to 4 Torr for 1 hour. 'A solvent resistance test was carried out 'The surface hydrophilized substrate was taken out from the acetone'. The surface of the hydrophilic substrate was investigated by measuring the contact angle with water. Whether or not the (meth)acrylic polymer contained in the surface hydrophilizing agent is dissolved in the acrylic acid is evaluated by the following evaluation criteria. (Evaluation Criteria) 〇: The contact angle with water after the solvent resistance test is less than 1 〇 degree x: The contact angle to water after the solvent resistance test is 1 〇 or more (thickness of the film) will be formed on the surface hydrophilic substrate The thickness of the film composed of the surface hydrophilizing agent was measured by a stylus type step meter (manufactured by KLA·TENK0R (stock), article number: P-10). Table 3 Example No. ------- Properties of water base & surface IL hydration base 4 i -J 1 〇〇 abrasion resistance 〇 water resistance 〇 solvent resistance 〇 film thickness ( Um) 3 LQ 〇〇〇〇3 ό λ 〇〇〇〇3 4 C 〇〇〇〇3 D 0 〇〇〇〇3 0 7 〇〇〇〇3 1 0 〇〇〇〇3 〇Ο 〇〇〇3 Comparative Example 1 0 〇 XXX 3 LQX 〇〇〇 3 0 AX 〇〇〇 3 ft X 〇〇〇 3 88 8 201211072 From the results shown in Table 3, it can be seen that the surface hydrophilizing agent obtained in each example can be used for the substrate. Gives hydrophilicity. Further, since the surface hydrophilizing agent obtained in each of the examples was superior to Comparative Examples 1 to 4, it was possible to impart superior financial friction, water resistance and financial solvent property to the substrate. Thus, it was found that even if it was in contact with water. It is also difficult to remove the hydrophilic film from the substrate. [Industrial Applicability] The surface modifier of the first group of the present invention can be applied to a surface thereof by coating a substrate composed of various materials such as glass, metal, and organic materials. In view of the nature, it is expected to be a technique for hydrophilizing a surface of a silicone resin such as a sophisticated medical device or an artificial organ, or a technique for preventing adhesion of proteins, cells, or the like. Further, since the surface modifier of the first group of the present invention can easily hydrophilize the surface of an automobile glass, a mirror or the like, it is also useful for imparting antifogging to a mirror, a glass surface of a solar panel, a window of a house, or the like. The self-cleaning function "protects against the adhesion of dust, dust, etc. by charging the liquid crystal display or the like." In the two-component surface modifier of the second group of the present invention, a substrate having a hydroxyl group or the like can be applied to the surface of various materials such as glass, metal, or organic material, and the surface thereof can be imparted to the surface. In view of the nature, it is expected to be used in a hydrophilization technique on the surface of a silicone resin such as a sharp medical device or an artificial organ, or a technique for preventing adhesion of proteins and cells. Further, the two-component surface modifier of the second group of the present invention can be easily used for the mirror or the solar panel because it can easily hydrophilize the surface of the glass, the mirror, or the like of the automobile. The glass surface, the window of the house, etc., are provided with anti-fog property or self-cleaning function, and the liquid crystal display or the like is prevented from being changed by the belt to prevent adhesion of dust, dust, dust, dust, and the like. The surface hydrophilizing agent of the third group of the present invention can be used for cutting-edge medical treatment by applying a hydrophilic material to the surface of the substrate by coating a substrate composed of various materials such as glass, metal, and organic materials. A technique for hydrophilizing the surface of a stone resin such as an instrument or an artificial organ, or a technique for preventing adhesion of proteins, cells, and the like. Further, when the surface hydrophilizing agent of the present invention is applied to a packaging material for foods, the bacteria and bacteria are not easily adhered, so that food hygiene can be expected to be improved. Further, since the surface hydrophilizing agent of the third group of the present invention can easily hydrophilize the surface of a glass, a mirror or the like of an automobile and is fixed to the surface thereof, it is also used for a glass surface of a mirror or a solar panel. In addition, the window of the house or the like is provided with an anti-fogging property or a self-cleaning function, and the liquid crystal display or the like is prevented from being changed by the tape to prevent the adhesion of dust or dust, etc. Further, the surface hydrophilizing agent of the third group of the present invention is coated. When it is placed on the surface of the bottom of the ship, it can give the bottom of the ship hydrophilicity, so it can be expected to contribute to reducing the fuel consumption of the ship. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1 (a) and (b) show the first group of the present invention, and the surface temporary effect # aa & y obtained in Example 7, respectively, the unmodified substrate and the comparative example 1 The glass plate is used to investigate the anti-fog results. [Main component symbol description] Benefit 8 90

Claims (1)

201211072 七、申請專利範圍: 1. 一種表面改質劑,具有式(1)所示反覆單位,至少於 一邊的末端含有式(II)所示之烷氧基矽基之(曱基)丙烯酸 系聚合物而成:’ R1 I Γ〇 (I) ο I R2 式中’ t係表示氫原子或甲基,R2係表示親水性基、 疏水性基、陽離子性基或陰離子性基; R3 (ID R4-Si-R( RE 式中’ R、R及R5,係分別獨立地表示碳數丄之烧 基或碳數卜4之院氧基,R、,4及R5之至少一個基係碳數 1 4之烷氧基,R係表示碳數卜之亞烷基。 2.如申請專利範㈣1項所述的表面改質劑,其中在 於式⑴’R2係可具有氫原子、經基或敗原子之碳數2〜20 之院基、可具有經基或氣原子之碳數6〜20芳基、於一邊末 :具有氫原子或碳數卜4之烧基亦可具有經基或氟原子之 王衣氧乙院基、於一邊古一曰‘於 端具有氫原子或碳數1〜4之燒基亦 、、有羥基或氟原子之環氧乙烷基之加成莫耳數為2〜別 之聚環氧乙院基、於—邊末端具有氫原子或魏Η之炫 基亦可具有經基或氟原子之環氧丙烧基、於一邊末端具: 91 201211072 氫原子或碳數1〜4之烷基亦可具有羥基或氟原子之環氧丙 烧基之加成莫耳數為2〜20之聚環氧丙烷基、式(111)所示 之基,或式(IV)所示之基: R9 -R7~N-R8-CO〇- R10 (III) 式中,R7及R8係分別獨立地表示碳數卜4的亞烷基 R9及R1(l係分別獨立地表示,氫原子或碳數卜4之烷基; R12 χ- (IV) -Ru-N-R14 R13 式中,R係表示碳數卜4的亞烷基、尺12及Ru係分別 獨立地表不氫原子或碳數U的烷基、RH係有機基、X係 表示陰離子。 3·如申請專利範圍第1或2項所述的表面改質劑,其 中以式(1)表示之反覆單位的數量為卜1000。 4. 一種表面改質基材,以申請專利範圍第丨至3項中 任一項所述的表面改質劑表面改質而成者。 5. 一種(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物之製造方法,具有將式 (Va)所述之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體,於式(Via)所示之含有烷 氧基梦基之化合物的存在下聚合為特徵之式⑴所示反覆 單位至乂於—邊的末端具有式(II)所示之烷氧基矽基: CH2=C — C —Ο —R2 R- I (Va) 92 201211072 式中,R1係表示氫原子或甲基,R2係表示親水性基 疏水性基、陽離子性基或陰離子性基; R3 (Via) R4-Si-R6-SH R5 式中,R3、R4及R5,係分別獨立地表示碳數i ~4之烷 基或碳數Η之絲基,R3、r5之至少—個基係碳數 1~4之烷氧基,R6係表示碳數丨〜12之亞烷基; R1 I (I) —tC-CH23-C ^ 〇 I 〇 I R2 式中R1及R2與上述相同; R3 I (II) R4-Si-R6- I R5 式中R3、R4、R5及r6與上述相同。 6.如申請專利範圍第5項所述的(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合 物的製造方法,其中在於式⑴1係可具有氫原子、經基 或氟原子之碳數2〜20之院基、可具有經基或氟原子之碳數 6〜20方基、於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳數η之烷基亦可 具有經基或氟原子之環氣乙桉其 乳乙烷基、於一邊末端具有氫原子 或碳數Η之院基亦可具有經基或氣原子之環氧乙燒基之 93 201211072 加成莫耳數為2〜20之聚璟每7 子或碳數Η之燒基亦 於一邊末端具有氫原 基、於 ,、可具有羥基或氟原子之環氧丙烷 '彡末知具有氣原子或碳數Η之院基亦可具有經 基或氣原子之環氧 丙产基川η、 加成莫耳數為2心之聚環氧 坑基、式⑴1)所示之基,或式UV)所示之基: -R7~ht R10 R8-C〇〇· (III) R12 (IV) -Ru--N~RM . χ- 13 R 獨立二11係表示碳數w的残基、R,1R13係分別 蜀立地表不虱原子或碳數1 ρΐ4 表示陰離子。錢1 4的縣、R係、有機基、X-係 聚2二2液型表面改質劑’自包含具有燒氧基梦基的 聚。物及3有硫醇基的㈣偶合劑的I液;及含有(甲基) 丙烯酸單體之U液所組成。 川丞’ 8.如中請專利範圍第7項所述的2液型表面改質劑, 其中具有院氧基石夕基的聚合物’具有式⑴所示反覆單位, 至少於-邊末端具有式(⑴所示烧氧基石夕基之(甲基)丙稀 酸系聚合物: ⑧ 94 201211072 R1 I201211072 VII. Patent application scope: 1. A surface modifying agent having a repeating unit represented by formula (1) and containing at least one side of the alkoxyfluorenyl group represented by formula (II). Polymer: 'R1 I Γ〇(I) ο I R2 where 't represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R2 represents a hydrophilic group, a hydrophobic group, a cationic group or an anionic group; R3 (ID R4-Si-R (RE where R', R and R5 independently represent the carbon number of the alkyl group or the carbon number of the group 4, and at least one of the base groups of R, 4 and R5 The alkoxy group of 1 4, R is an alkylene group of the carbon number. 2. The surface modifier according to claim 4, wherein the formula (1) 'R2 may have a hydrogen atom, a base or a The base of the atom having 2 to 20 carbon atoms may have a carbon number of 6 to 20 aryl groups of a radical or a gas atom, and may have a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 4, and may have a radical or a fluorine atom. The king's enamel enamel base, on the one side of the ancient 曰 'has a hydrogen atom at the end or a carbon number of 1 to 4, also has a hydroxyl or fluorine atom of ethylene oxide The addition of the base has a molar number of 2 to another polyepoxy group, a hydrogen atom at the end of the edge or a fluorene group of the fluorene group, or a propylene group having a trans group or a fluorine atom. Having: 91 201211072 A hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a propylene group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom may be added to a polypropylene oxide group having a molar number of 2 to 20, and a formula (111) The base of the formula or the formula (IV): R9 - R7 - N-R8-CO〇- R10 (III) wherein R7 and R8 each independently represent an alkylene group R9 of carbon number 4 and R1 (l is independently represented by a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 4 alkyl groups; R12 χ-(IV)-Ru-N-R14 R13 wherein R represents an alkylene group of carbon number 4, and 12 And Ru are each independently represented by a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having a carbon number U, an RH-based organic group, and an X-form is an anion. The surface modifier according to claim 1 or 2, wherein 1) The number of the repetitive units indicated is 1200. 4. A surface-modified substrate obtained by modifying the surface modifier according to any one of claims 3 to 5. One type A method for producing an acrylic polymer, which comprises polymerizing a (meth)acrylic monomer described in the formula (Va) in the presence of a compound containing an alkoxymethyl group represented by the formula (Via). The repeating unit shown in the formula (1) has an alkoxy fluorenyl group represented by the formula (II) at the end of the fluorene: CH2=C - C - Ο - R2 R - I (Va) 92 201211072 wherein R1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R2 represents a hydrophilic group hydrophobic group, a cationic group or an anionic group; R3 (Via) R4-Si-R6-SH R5 wherein R3, R4 and R5 are each independently represented a carbon number i ~ 4 alkyl or carbon number ruthenium, R3, r5 of at least one base carbon number of 1-4 alkoxy, R6 means a carbon number 丨 ~ 12 alkylene; R1 I (I) -tC-CH23-C ^ 〇I 〇I R2 wherein R1 and R2 are the same as above; R3 I (II) R4-Si-R6-I R5 wherein R3, R4, R5 and r6 are the same as above. 6. The method for producing a (meth)acrylic polymer according to claim 5, wherein the formula (1) 1 is a hospital group having a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom of 2 to 20 carbon atoms, The alkyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 20 groups on the side of a fluorine atom or a fluorine atom and having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number η at one end may have a mercapto group or a fluorine atom. A hospital base having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number 亦可 may also have an epoxy group having a radical or a gas atom. 92 201211072 Adding a mole having a molar number of 2 to 20 per 7 or a carbon number a propylene oxide having a hydrogen atomic group at one end, or a propylene oxide having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom, may have a gas atom or a carbon number, and may have a base or a gas atom. η, addition molar number is a 2-core polyepoxy pit group, a group represented by formula (1) 1), or a group represented by formula UV): -R7~ht R10 R8-C〇〇· (III) R12 ( IV) -Ru--N~RM . χ- 13 R The independent two 11 series represents the residue of the carbon number w, and the R, 1R13 system stands on the surface, respectively, or the carbon number is 1 ρΐ4. Child. The county, the R system, the organic group, and the X-based poly 2nd 2-type surface modifier of the money 14 include a polysiloxane having a oxyalkyl group. And a liquid of the (IV) coupling agent having a thiol group; and a liquid containing a liquid of a (meth)acrylic acid monomer. [2] The liquid-type surface modifier described in the seventh aspect of the patent, wherein the polymer having the oxime group has the repetitive unit represented by the formula (1), and has at least the end of the - side ((1) Alkoxylate-based (meth)acrylic acid polymer: 8 94 201211072 R1 I G = 〇 I o R 式中’ R1係表示氩原子或甲基,R2係表示親水性基 疏水性基、陽離子性基或陰離子性基; R3 (II) R4-Si-Rf I R5 式中R、R及R ’係分別獨立地表示碳數1〜4之烷 基或碳數卜4之烧氧基,R3' “ R5之至少—個基係碳數 1〜4之烷氧基,r6係表示碳數卜12之亞烷基。 9 ·如申凊專利範圍第8項所述的2液型表面改質劑, 其中在於式(I),R2係可具有氫原子、經基或氟原子之碳數 2〜20之烷基、可具有羥基或氟原子之碳數6〜2〇芳基、於 一邊末端具有氫原子或碳數W之院基亦可具有經基或敦 原子之環氧乙烷基、於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳數Η之 烷基亦可具有羥基或氣原子之環氧乙烷基之加成莫耳數為 2〜20之聚環氧乙烷基、於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳數卜4 之烷基亦可具有羥基或氟原子之環氧丙烷基、於一邊末端 具有氫原子或碳數1〜4之烷基亦可具有羥基或氟原子之環 氧丙烷基之加成莫耳數為2〜20之聚環氧丙烷基、式(ΙΠ) 所示之基,或式(IV)所示之基: 95 (III)201211072 R£ R7—N—R8— C 〇〇· R10 式中’ R7及R8係分別獨立地表示碳數i 的亞烷基 R9及Rlfl係分別獨立地表示,氩原子或碳數1~4之烷基: R12 (IV) -Ru-N-R14 · X' R13 %甲’ R係表示碳數卜4的亞烷基、R12及R13係分別 獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1〜4的烷基、R14係有機基、χ-孫 表示陰離子。 ' 10.如申晴專利範圍第8或g項所述的2液型 劑,其中u f '甲以式(I)表不之反覆單位的數量為1〜1〇〇〇。 ,I1.如申請專利範圍第7至10項中任一項所述的2峡 型表面改質劑,其中具有硫醇基的矽烷偶合劑,係以式(Vl 表示之含有烷氧基矽基之化合物: b) RiB ,r I (VIb) R16-Si-Rl8-SH R,7 式中,R15、R16及R17係分別獨立地表示碳數卜4 、 基或碳數1〜4的烷氧基,R15、R&quot;及f之中至少一個、境 碳數1-4的烷氧基,R18係表示碳數1〜丨2之亞烷基。係 12.如申請專利範圍第7至U項中任一項所述的2 型表面改質劑,其中(甲基)丙烯酸單體,係以式(Vb)峡 之(甲基)丙稀酸單體: 表示 96 201211072 CH, C —c-R19 〇 O-R 20 (Vb) 式中,R係表示氫原子或曱基、R2〇係表示親水性基、 疏水性’基、陽離子性基或陰離子性基。 13.如申請專利範圍第12項所述的2液型表面改質 劑,其中在於式(Vb)’在f係可具有氫原子、羥基或氟原 子之碳數2~20之烷基、可具有羥基或氟原子之碳數6〜2〇 芳基、於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳數1〜4之烧基亦可具有 羥基或氟原子之環氧乙烷基、於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳 數1〜4之烷基亦可具有羥基或氟原子之環氧乙烷基之加成 莫耳數為2〜20之聚環氧乙烷基、於一邊末端具有氫原子或 碳數卜4之烷基亦可具有羥基或氟原子之環氧丙烷基、於 一邊末端具有氫原子或碳數卜4之烷基亦可具有羥基或氟 原子之環氧丙烷基之加成莫耳數為2~2〇之聚環氧丙烷 基、式(III)所示之基,或式(IV)所示之基: R9 -R7—N-R{ R10 coo_ (III) 式中’ R7及R8係分別獨立地表示碳數的亞烷基 R9及R1 0係分別獨立地表示,氫原子或碳數1〜4之烷基 R12 -Rn-NlRi4 . χ. R13 (IV) 式中’ R係表示碳數1〜4的亞烷基、R12及R13係分別 獨立地表不氫原子或碳數1〜4的烷基、係有機基、Χ·係 97 201211072 表不陰離子。 14. 一種表面改質的基材的製造方法,其特徵在於:對 基材塗佈包含具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物及含有硫醇基的矽 烷偶合劑# I液之後,對塗佈該】液之基材表面塗佈含有 (甲基)丙烯酸單體的II液,使具有硫醇基的矽烷偶合劑與 (甲基)丙烯酸單體反應。 15. 如申請專利範圍第14項所述的表面改質的基材的 製造方法,其中具有烷氧基矽基的聚合物,具有式(I)所示 反覆單位,至少於一邊末端具有式(II)所示烷氧基矽基之 (曱基)丙烯酸系聚合物: R1 I —fC-CH2l·- (I) 〇 I R2 式中’ R1氫原子或曱基、R2表示親水性基、疏水性基、 陽離子性基或陰離子性基)被表示反覆有單位、至少於一邊 末端式(II); R3 I R4-Si-R6- (II) R5 式中’ R3、R4及R5 ’係分別獨立地表示破數卜4之统 基或碳數卜4之烷氧基,R3 ' Μ及R5之至少一個基係碳數 1〜4之烷氧基,R6係表示碳數1〜12之亞烷基。 16_如申請專利範圍第15項所述的表面改質的基材的 ⑧ 98 201211072 製造方法,其中在於式(i),R2係可具有氩原子、羥基或氟 原子之碳數2〜20之烧基、可具有羥基或氟原子之碳數6~2〇 芳基、於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳數卜4之烧基亦可具有 經基或氟原子之環氧乙烷基、於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳 數1〜4之院基亦可具有羥基或氟原子之環氧乙烷基之加成 莫耳數為2〜20之聚環氧乙烷基、於一邊末端具有氫原子或 碳數1〜4之院基亦可具有羥基或氟原子之環氧丙烷基、於 一邊末端具有氫原子或碳數卜4之烷基亦可具有羥基或氟 原子之環氧丙烷基之加成莫耳數為2〜20之聚環氧丙烷 基、式(III)所示之基,或式(IV)所示之基: R9 1 + -R7-N-R8-C00· (III) R10 式中’ R7及R8係分別獨立地表示碳數卜4的亞烷基、 R9及R1()係分別獨立地表示’氩原子或碳數1〜4之烷基; R12 I + -Ru-N-R14 · χ- (IV) R13 式中’ R係表示碳數1~4的亞烧基、riz及ru係分別 獨立地表示氫原子或碳數卜4的烷基、R14係有機基、χ-係 表示陰離子。 17.如申請專利範圍第i 5或1 6項所述的表面改質的基 材的製造方法’其中以式(I)表示之反覆單位的數量為 卜1000 。 99 201211072 18.如申請專利範圍第14至17項中任一項所述的表面 改質的基材的製造方法,其中具有硫醇基的矽烷偶合劑, 係以式(VIb)表示之含有燒氧基石夕基之化合物: R15 (VIb) R16-Si-Rl8~SH R17 式中’ R15、R16及R17係分別獨立地表示碳數卜4的烷 基或碳數1 ~4的烧氧基,R15、R!6及R”之中至少一個基係 碳數1〜4的烧氧基,R18係表示碳數W2之亞烷基。 19.如申請專利範圍第14至17項中任一項所述的表面 改質的基材的製造方法,其中(甲基)丙烯酸單體,係以式 (Vb)表示之(甲基)丙烯酸單體: (Vb) C C 一 C 一 〇 —· R20 I II R19 Ο 式中’ R19係表示氫原子或甲基、R2。係表示親水性基、 疏水性基、陽離子性基或陰離子性基。 20.如申請專利範圍第19項所述的表面改質的基材的 製造方法,其中在於式(Vb),係可具有氫原子、羥基或 敗原子之碳數2〜20之烷基、可具有羥基或氟原子之碳數 6〜20芳基、於一邊末端具有氫原子或碳數卜4之烷基亦可 具有羥基或氟原子之環氧乙烷基、於一邊末端具有氫原子 或碳數1〜4之烷基亦可具有羥基或氟原子之環氧乙燒基之 加成莫耳數為2〜20之聚環氧乙烷基、於一邊末端具有氫原 子或碳數1〜4之烷基亦可具有羥基或氟原子之環氧丙烧 ⑧ 100 201211072 =於-邊末端具有氫原子或錢卜4之烧基亦可具有經 原子之環氧丙烷基之加成莫耳數為2~20之聚環氧 丙烷基、式(III)所示之基’或式(IV)所示之基: Ra ~R7-N-R8-C Ο ο- T?9 (III) Ι10 式。中R及R8係分別獨立地表示碳數1〜4的亞烷基 係刀別獨立地表示,氫原子或碳數】~ 4之烷基; R12 (IV) — RU-N-R14 · X· R13 係表不碳數1〜4的亞烷基、R12及R13係分別 獨立地表^ 一 不虱原子或奴數卜4的烷基' R“係有機基、χ-係 表示陰離子。 21 — ·—種表面改質的基材,以申請專利範圍第7至13 項中任一 項所述的2液型表面改質劑表面改質而成。 2 2 一 種表面親水化劑’其特徵在於:包含:(甲基) 丙烯酸系甲人1 ^. 聚。物,其係使含有式(IX)所示含有矽原子的翠 體及式 &gt;&gt;所不含有氮原子的單體成分聚合而成: R1 I R3 H2C = C-C-Y-R6-Si-R4 A (IX) Rs 式中 1 &quot; R1係表示氫原子或曱基、R3 ' R4及R5係分別獨立 地表示礎杳今 数之烷基或碳數1〜4的烷氧基,R3、R4及r5 101 £ 201211072 之中至少一個基是碳的亞烧基,Y係表示氧:子4:燒氧基,R6係表示碳數B K原子或-NH ; R1 I R9 | H2C-C-c-Y_Re * + I 1 尺—N-R8~c〇〇-〇 i,〇 00 式中R1、R6及γ盥卜、+ 〃上述相同’ R8係表 烷基,R9及R1。係分別獨立地矣… 珣立地表不氫原子或碳數1〜4之烷基 23.如申請專利範圍笛= 第2 2項所述的表面親水化劑,身 中以式(IX)表示之含右功jst ^ D 3有矽原子的單體與式(X)所示之含肩 氮原子的單體的重量(含右ω 3有矽原子的單體/含有氮原子的写 體)為 3/97~95/5。 ,Μ々π凹税不4匕爱 其中單體成分進-步含有可與式(ΙΧ)所示之含有矽原子 單體及式(X)所示之含有氮原子的單體共聚合之單體。 25.如申請專利範圍第24項所述的表面親水化劑,其 中可與式(Π)所示之含切原子的單體及式⑴所示之含 有氮原子的單體共聚合的單體係選自由笨乙烯系單體、羧 酸酯系單體及胺系單體所組成之群之至少丨種。 26.如申請專利範圍第24或25所述的表面親水化劑, 其中可與式(IX)所示之含有矽原子的單體及式(χ)所示之 含有氮原子的單體共聚合的單體量,對式(Ιχ)所示之含有 矽原子的單體與式(X)所示之含有氮原子的單體之合計量 100重量部當量之0~100重量部。 27. —種表面親水化基材,於基材表面形成以申請專利 ⑧ 102 201211072 範圍第22至26項中任一項所述的表面親水化劑所組成的 披膜而成。 103G = 〇I o R where R1 represents an argon atom or a methyl group, R2 represents a hydrophilic group hydrophobic group, a cationic group or an anionic group; R3 (II) R4-Si-Rf I R5 wherein R , R and R ' are each independently represented by an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 4, and R3' is at least one alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, R6 A 2-liquid surface modifier as described in claim 8 of the invention, wherein the R2 system may have a hydrogen atom, a trans group or a fluorine atom. An alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a carbon number of 6 to 2 aryl groups having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom, or a group having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number W at one end may have an epoxy group having a base group or a hydrocarbon atom. An ethane group having an alkyl group having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number at one end may have a polyethylene oxide group having a hydroxyl group or a gas atom, and a polyethylene oxide group having a molar number of 2 to 20, on one side. The alkyl group having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number at the terminal may have an oxypropylene group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom, a hydrogen atom at one terminal or an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 4, or may have a hydroxyl group or The propylene oxide group of a fluorine atom is added to a polypropylene oxide group having a molar number of 2 to 20, a group represented by the formula (ΙΠ), or a group represented by the formula (IV): 95 (III) 201211072 R. R7—N—R8—C 〇〇· R10 wherein R 7 and R 8 each independently represent the alkylene group R 9 and R lf of the carbon number i are independently represented by an argon atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms: R12 (IV) -Ru-N-R14 · X' R13 % A' R is an alkylene group having a carbon number of 4, and R12 and R13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, R14 The organic group and the χ-sun represent an anion. ' 10. The two-liquid type agent described in the 8th or gth of the patent scope of Shen Qing, wherein the number of the units of the uf 'A to the formula (I) is 1~ The two-hip type surface modifier according to any one of claims 7 to 10, wherein the decane coupling agent having a thiol group is represented by the formula (Vl) Alkoxyfluorenyl compound: b) RiB, r I (VIb) R16-Si-Rl8-SH R,7 wherein R15, R16 and R17 each independently represent a carbon number 4, a base or a carbon number of 1 ~4 alkoxy, R15, R&quot; and f At least one alkoxy group having a carbon number of from 1 to 4, and R.sup.18, an alkylene group having a carbon number of from 1 to 2, which is a type 2 surface according to any one of claims 7 to 5 a modifier, wherein the (meth)acrylic monomer is a (meth)acrylic acid monomer of the formula (Vb): represents 96 201211072 CH, C —c-R19 〇OR 20 (Vb), R represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group, and R<2> represents a hydrophilic group, a hydrophobic 'group, a cationic group or an anionic group. The two-component surface modifier according to claim 12, wherein the formula (Vb)' has an alkyl group having a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom of 2 to 20 in the f system. The carbon group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom having 6 to 2 fluorene groups and having a hydrogen atom at one terminal or a carbon number of 1 to 4 may have an oxiranyl group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom and having a hydrogen atom at one end. Or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a oxirane group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom, and a polyepoxy group having a molar number of 2 to 20, having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number at one end. The alkyl group of 4 may have an oxypropylene group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom, an alkyl group having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number at one end, or an oxiran group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom. 2~2〇 of the polypropylene oxide group, the group represented by formula (III), or the group represented by formula (IV): R9 - R7 - NR{ R10 coo_ (III) where 'R7 and R8 are independent The alkylene groups R9 and R1 0 which represent a carbon number are each independently represented by a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 4, R12 - Rn-NlRi4. 13. R13 (IV) wherein 'R is a table An alkylene group of 1 ~ 4 carbon atoms, R12 and R13 each independently represent lines is not a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group of 1 ~ 4 carbon atoms, an organic-based group, Χ · 97201211072 table not based anion. A method for producing a surface-modified substrate, comprising: coating a substrate comprising a polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group and a thiol group-containing decane coupling agent #I solution; The surface of the liquid substrate is coated with a liquid containing a (meth)acrylic monomer, and a decane coupling agent having a thiol group is reacted with a (meth)acrylic monomer. 15. The method for producing a surface-modified substrate according to claim 14, wherein the polymer having an alkoxyfluorenyl group has a repeating unit represented by the formula (I) and has a formula at least at one end ( II) Alkoxyfluorenyl (fluorenyl) acrylic polymer: R1 I —fC-CH2l·- (I) 〇I R2 wherein 'R1 hydrogen atom or fluorenyl group, R2 represents hydrophilic group, hydrophobic The radicals, cationic or anionic groups are represented by repeating units, at least one side of the formula (II); R3 I R4-Si-R6- (II) R5 where the 'R3, R4 and R5' systems are independent The ground indicates the base of the number 4 or the alkoxy group of the carbon number 4, at least one of the groups R3 ' and R5 is an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R6 means an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 12 base. The method of manufacturing a surface-modified substrate according to claim 15, wherein the formula (i), the R2 system may have a carbon number of 2 to 20 of an argon atom, a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom. The alkyl group having 6 to 2 aryl groups having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom and having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number at one end may also have an oxiran group of a trans group or a fluorine atom. The terminal having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 4 may have an epoxy group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom, and a poly(ethylene oxide group) having a molar number of 2 to 20 and having a hydrogen atom at one end. Or a propylene oxide group having a carbon number of 1 to 4 or an oxypropylene group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom, an alkyl group having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number at one end, or an oxypropylene group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom. a polypropylene oxide group having a molar number of 2 to 20, a group represented by the formula (III), or a group represented by the formula (IV): R9 1 + -R7-N-R8-C00· (III) R10 Wherein R 7 and R 8 each independently represent an alkylene group of carbon number 4, and R 9 and R 1 () each independently represent an 'argon atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; R 12 I + -Ru-N-R14 · χ-(IV) R13 wherein 'R series means that the alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 4, the riz and the ru system each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having a carbon number of 4; The R14 organic group and the fluorene system represent an anion. 17. The method for producing a surface-modified substrate according to the invention of claim i or 5, wherein the number of the repetitive units represented by the formula (I) is 1000. The method for producing a surface-modified substrate according to any one of claims 14 to 17, wherein the decane coupling agent having a thiol group is represented by the formula (VIb) Compound of the oxetane group: R15 (VIb) R16-Si-Rl8~SH R17 wherein R15, R16 and R17 each independently represent an alkyl group having a carbon number of 4 or an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 4, At least one of R15, R!6 and R" is an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R18 is an alkylene group having a carbon number of W2. 19. Any one of claims 14 to 17 of the patent application. The method for producing a surface-modified substrate, wherein the (meth)acrylic monomer is a (meth)acrylic monomer represented by the formula (Vb): (Vb) CC - C - R20 I II R19 式 where R19 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R2 represents a hydrophilic group, a hydrophobic group, a cationic group or an anionic group. 20. Surface modification as described in claim 19 The method for producing a substrate, wherein the formula (Vb) is an alkyl group having a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a carbon atom of 2 to 20, which may have a carbon atom The alkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms of a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom and having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number at one terminal may have an oxiranyl group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom, and having a hydrogen atom or a carbon number at one end. The alkyl group of 1 to 4 may have an epoxy group having a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom, and a polyethylene oxide group having a molar number of 2 to 20, a hydrogen atom at one end or a carbon number of 1 to 4. The alkyl group may also have a hydroxyl group or a fluorine atom. The propylene group has a hydrogen atom or a hydrogen atom or a ketone group at the end of the ring. a polyepoxypropane group of ~20, a group represented by the formula (III) or a group represented by the formula (IV): Ra ~R7-N-R8-C Ο ο- T?9 (III) Ι10. R and R8 each independently represent an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 4 independently, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having a carbon number of 4 to 4; R12 (IV) — RU-N-R14 · X· R13 The alkylene group having no carbon number of 1 to 4, and the R12 and R13 groups are each independently represented by an alkyl group or an alkyl group having an atomic group or a sulfonium group. 21 — A surface-modified substrate which is modified from the surface of the 2-liquid surface modifier described in any one of claims 7 to 13. 2 2 A surface hydrophilizing agent' characterized by comprising: (meth)acrylic acid group 1 ^. And a monomer composition containing a ruthenium atom of the formula (IX) and a monomer component of the formula &gt;&gt; not containing a nitrogen atom: R1 I R3 H2C = CCY-R6-Si-R4 A (IX) Rs where 1 &quot; R1 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group, and R3 'R4 and R5 each independently represent an alkyl group or an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 4, R3, R4 and At least one of r5 101 £ 201211072 is a carbon-based sub-alkyl group, Y-terminus represents oxygen: sub- 4: alkoxy groups, R6 represents a carbon number BK atom or -NH; R1 I R9 | H2C-Cc-Y_Re * + I 1 尺—N-R8~c〇〇-〇i, 〇00 where R1, R6 and γ盥, + 〃 are the same as 'R8 alkyl, R9 and R1. The surface hydrophilizing agent is a non-hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 4, which is represented by the formula (IX). The weight of a monomer containing a right-handed jst ^ D 3 ruthenium atom and a monomer containing a shoulder nitrogen atom represented by the formula (X) (a monomer having a ω atom having a right ω 3 / a writing body containing a nitrogen atom) is 3/97~95/5. , Μ々π concave tax is not 4 匕 其中 其中 其中 其中 其中 其中 其中 其中 其中 其中 其中 其中 其中 其中 其中 其中 其中 其中 其中 共 共 共 共 共 共 共 共 共 共 共 共 共 共 共 共 共 共 共body. The surface hydrophilizing agent according to claim 24, wherein the monomer which can be copolymerized with the monomer having a cut atom and the monomer having a nitrogen atom represented by the formula (1) represented by the formula (1) It is at least one selected from the group consisting of a stupid vinyl monomer, a carboxylic acid ester monomer, and an amine monomer. The surface hydrophilizing agent according to claim 24 or 25, wherein the monomer having a ruthenium atom represented by the formula (IX) and a monomer having a nitrogen atom represented by the formula (χ) are copolymerized. The amount of the monomer is 0 to 100 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the total amount of the monomer containing a halogen atom represented by the formula (?) and the monomer containing a nitrogen atom represented by the formula (X). A surface hydrophilizing substrate comprising a surface hydrophilizing agent comprising the surface hydrophilizing agent according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the surface hydrophilizing agent according to any one of the above-mentioned claims. 103
TW100121574A 2010-06-23 2011-06-21 Surface modifier TWI525108B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010143219A JP5679706B2 (en) 2010-06-23 2010-06-23 Surface hydrophilized substrate
JP2010247944A JP5683906B2 (en) 2010-04-12 2010-11-04 Surface modifier

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201211072A true TW201211072A (en) 2012-03-16
TWI525108B TWI525108B (en) 2016-03-11

Family

ID=45371408

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW100121574A TWI525108B (en) 2010-06-23 2011-06-21 Surface modifier

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5679706B2 (en)
TW (1) TWI525108B (en)
WO (1) WO2011162225A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5597018B2 (en) * 2010-04-09 2014-10-01 大阪有機化学工業株式会社 Two-component surface modifier
JP5674378B2 (en) * 2010-08-04 2015-02-25 大阪有機化学工業株式会社 Biocompatible material
JP6098371B2 (en) * 2012-06-05 2017-03-22 Jsr株式会社 Circuit manufacturing method
WO2014084219A1 (en) * 2012-11-29 2014-06-05 大阪有機化学工業株式会社 Hydrophilic coating agent
JP6521789B2 (en) * 2014-10-01 2019-05-29 伊藤光学工業株式会社 Method of manufacturing optical element
JP6401582B2 (en) * 2014-11-20 2018-10-10 花王株式会社 Hydrophilic treatment agent
JP6574832B2 (en) * 2015-02-28 2019-09-11 大阪有機化学工業株式会社 Water and oil repellent
KR20180076552A (en) 2016-12-28 2018-07-06 주식회사 엘지화학 Hydrophilic coating composition
WO2019064772A1 (en) * 2017-09-27 2019-04-04 日本電産株式会社 Optical component, lens unit, anti-fogging agent and method for producing optical component
WO2019189569A1 (en) * 2018-03-30 2019-10-03 日本電産株式会社 Optical component and lens unit
JP2021090953A (en) * 2019-12-11 2021-06-17 日東電工株式会社 Composite semipermeable membrane
WO2021241295A1 (en) * 2020-05-29 2021-12-02 日本ペイント・サーフケミカルズ株式会社 Hydrophilizing treatment agent
CN113402971B (en) * 2021-05-28 2022-04-05 浙江大学衢州研究院 Glass bead filled silicone gel anti-fouling bacteriostatic coating and preparation method and application thereof
JP2023105446A (en) * 2022-01-19 2023-07-31 信越化学工業株式会社 Hydrophilic copolymer and hydrophilic composition

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007001959A (en) * 2005-06-27 2007-01-11 Lion Corp Silane compound, method for producing the same and surface treating agent
JP2008195867A (en) * 2007-02-14 2008-08-28 Fujifilm Corp Liquid composition for forming hydrophilic film, and hydrophilic member made by using the same and production method of the member
JP2008213177A (en) * 2007-02-28 2008-09-18 Fujifilm Corp Original plate of lithographic printing plate
JP2010047739A (en) * 2008-08-25 2010-03-04 Fujifilm Corp Hydrophilic composition, and hydrophilic member using the same, heat exchanger, air conditioner

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2012007053A (en) 2012-01-12
WO2011162225A1 (en) 2011-12-29
TWI525108B (en) 2016-03-11
JP5679706B2 (en) 2015-03-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201211072A (en) Surface modifier
Henze et al. “Grafting through”: mechanistic aspects of radical polymerization reactions with surface-attached monomers
Ataman et al. Degrafting of Poly (poly (ethylene glycol) methacrylate) Brushes from Planar and Spherical Silicon Substrates
JP6467226B2 (en) Hydrophilic coating agent
Matsuda et al. Dimensions of a free linear polymer and polymer immobilized on silica nanoparticles of a zwitterionic polymer in aqueous solutions with various ionic strengths
US20120296029A1 (en) Fluorine-containing multifunctional microspheres and uses thereof
JP5406719B2 (en) Method for treating a surface containing Si-H groups
JP6168239B2 (en) Flat oval polymer particles and uses thereof
Qin et al. Polydimethylsiloxane-polymethacrylate block copolymers tethering quaternary ammonium salt groups for antimicrobial coating
Samanta et al. Smart polyacrylate emulsion based on a new ABC-type triblock copolymer via RAFT-mediated surfactant-free miniemulsion polymerization: its multifunctional properties
Sugnaux et al. Aqueous fabrication of pH-gated, polymer-brush-modified alumina hybrid membranes
US20190169463A1 (en) Amphiphilic block copolymer and coating arrangement
Kuliasha et al. Engineering the surface properties of poly (dimethylsiloxane) utilizing aqueous RAFT photografting of acrylate/methacrylate monomers
JP6407513B2 (en) Polymer for surface modification of medical materials
JP2018177926A (en) Coating agent, coated film, and manufacturing method of coated film
Borodinov et al. En route to practicality of the polymer grafting technology: One-step interfacial modification with amphiphilic molecular brushes
Zhang et al. Functionalization of Metal Surface via Thiol–Ene Click Chemistry: Synthesis, Adsorption Behavior, and Postfunctionalization of a Catechol-and Allyl-Containing Copolymer
JP2017105975A (en) Fluorine-containing monomer, fluorine-containing polymer, hydrophilic oil repellent agent using the same and method for making substrate hydrophilic oil repellency using the same
Ma et al. Molecular aggregation structure and surface properties of biomimetic catechol-bearing poly [2-(perfluorooctyl) ethyl acrylate] and its application to superamphiphobic coatings
JP5683906B2 (en) Surface modifier
CA2463890A1 (en) Copolymers containing fluorine, method for the production and use thereof
Samanta et al. Multifunctional Layer-by-Layer Coating Based on a New Amphiphilic Block Copolymer via RAFT-Mediated Polymerization-Induced Self-Assembly Process
Phutthatham et al. UV-activated coating polymer particle containing quaternary ammonium for antimicrobial fabrics
Wang et al. Polymer brushes and surface nanostructures: Molecular design, precise synthesis, and self-assembly
Khakzad et al. Fouling resistance and release properties of poly (sulfobetaine) brushes with varying alkyl chain spacer lengths and molecular weights